WO2022141584A1 - 蓝牙通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

蓝牙通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022141584A1
WO2022141584A1 PCT/CN2020/142532 CN2020142532W WO2022141584A1 WO 2022141584 A1 WO2022141584 A1 WO 2022141584A1 CN 2020142532 W CN2020142532 W CN 2020142532W WO 2022141584 A1 WO2022141584 A1 WO 2022141584A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bluetooth
data frame
receiving device
synchronization code
parameter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/142532
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
付凯
李之平
余展
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/142532 priority Critical patent/WO2022141584A1/zh
Priority to EP20967922.4A priority patent/EP4262114A4/en
Priority to CN202080108206.XA priority patent/CN116615875A/zh
Publication of WO2022141584A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022141584A1/zh
Priority to US18/344,168 priority patent/US20230354226A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes
    • H04W56/0015Synchronization between nodes one node acting as a reference for the others
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/713Spread spectrum techniques using frequency hopping
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J13/00Code division multiplex systems
    • H04J13/0007Code type
    • H04J13/0022PN, e.g. Kronecker
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L7/00Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter
    • H04L7/04Speed or phase control by synchronisation signals
    • H04L7/041Speed or phase control by synchronisation signals using special codes as synchronising signal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B2201/00Indexing scheme relating to details of transmission systems not covered by a single group of H04B3/00 - H04B13/00
    • H04B2201/69Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to spread spectrum techniques in general
    • H04B2201/713Frequency hopping
    • H04B2201/71346Bluetooth
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J13/00Code division multiplex systems
    • H04J13/0007Code type
    • H04J13/0022PN, e.g. Kronecker
    • H04J13/0025M-sequences
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J13/00Code division multiplex systems
    • H04J13/0007Code type
    • H04J13/0022PN, e.g. Kronecker
    • H04J13/0029Gold
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J13/00Code division multiplex systems
    • H04J13/0007Code type
    • H04J13/0022PN, e.g. Kronecker
    • H04J13/0033Kasami

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a Bluetooth (Bluetooth) communication method and device.
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • Bluetooth is a short-range wireless transmission technology that can be widely used in a variety of terminals. For example, smartphones, wireless headsets, wearable devices, etc.
  • BR Bluetooth basic rate
  • BLE bluetooth low energy
  • GFSK Gaussian frequency shift
  • EDR Bluetooth enhanced data rate
  • DPSK differential phase shift
  • BLE 2Mbps mode adopts BLE 1Mbps
  • the same modulation method can reach a rate of 2Mbps.
  • a data frame when a terminal uses any Bluetooth mode to transmit data includes a preamble (preamble), an access code (AC) and a payload (payload).
  • the preamble is used for automatic gain control (automatic gain control, AGC) adjustment and signal processing.
  • the payload includes the data to be transmitted.
  • AC is used for synchronization detection. For example, after successfully receiving the AC, the receiving end synchronizes successfully and continues to receive subsequent information (such as payload). If the receiver does not detect AC until the end of the current frame, the receiver fails to synchronize and the current frame is lost. Therefore, how to improve the success rate of synchronization detection at the receiving end is very important to avoid frame loss and improve the success rate of data reception.
  • the present application provides a bluetooth communication method and device, which can improve the success rate of synchronization detection at the receiving end, thereby improving the success rate of data reception.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method.
  • the method includes: a Bluetooth sending device generates a first Bluetooth data frame, and the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to a Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first synchronization code and a first data field; wherein, the first synchronization code is located before the first data field, and the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code At least one of the properties is better than the first access code.
  • a first synchronization code may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame, and in this case, the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code. Because at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first access code, the success rate of synchronization detection can be improved, and the success rate of data reception can be further improved.
  • the transmission power of the Bluetooth transmitting device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame can be reduced, and the use time of the Bluetooth transmitting device can be prolonged. This is because in the case where the Bluetooth sending device uses a lower transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame, the success rate of the Bluetooth receiving device in receiving data can reach that when the Bluetooth sending device uses normal transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame. The success rate of receiving data.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence. It can be understood that the pseudo-random sequence has excellent autocorrelation and cross-correlation, so using the pseudo-random sequence as the first synchronization code can improve the success rate of synchronization detection, and thus the success rate of data reception.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence, which can improve the flexibility of using the first synchronization code.
  • the method further includes: the Bluetooth sending device obtains the first parameter, and the Bluetooth sending device determines the length of the first synchronization code according to the first parameter, wherein the length of the first synchronization code is related to the self-determination of the first synchronization code. Correlation or cross-correlation.
  • the first parameter indicates at least one of a requirement of the Bluetooth service or a communication parameter of the Bluetooth communication. Based on the above method, the length of the first synchronization code can be determined according to at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately increased to improve the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small , the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately reduced, and the power consumption of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced while ensuring the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately increased to improve the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced. The length of the synchronization code reduces the power consumption of the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device while ensuring the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the method before generating the first Bluetooth data frame, the method further includes: the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device negotiate a first random number, wherein the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code set in the first synchronization code set.
  • the first synchronization code, the first synchronization code set includes at least one synchronization code. Based on the above method, a first random number for determining the first synchronization code can be negotiated between the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device, and then the first synchronization code can be determined.
  • the Bluetooth sending device negotiating the first random number with the Bluetooth receiving device includes: the Bluetooth sending device receives third information from the Bluetooth receiving device, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; The Bluetooth receiving apparatus sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger the negotiation of the synchronization code with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so as to avoid false synchronization and improve synchronization in a multi-user scenario.
  • the detection success rate reduces power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • a possible implementation manner of negotiating the first random number between the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device includes: the Bluetooth sending device sends third information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; Fourth information of the Bluetooth receiving device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can trigger the negotiation of the synchronization code with the Bluetooth receiving device, dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, in a multi-user scenario, avoid false synchronization and improve synchronization.
  • the detection success rate reduces power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value
  • the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can also dynamically adjust the size of the first synchronization code set to ensure the success rate of synchronization detection and reduce power consumption and signaling overhead in different scenarios.
  • the method before the Bluetooth sending device generates the first Bluetooth data frame, the method further includes: negotiating a second random number between the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine the first time interval, the first The time interval is the time interval for updating the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can negotiate a second random number for determining and updating the time interval of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device can periodically
  • the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device is updated, so that in a multi-user scenario, false synchronization is avoided, the success rate of synchronization detection is effectively improved, and the power consumption and signaling overhead are reduced.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • N first pilots with known phases can be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can detect a channel for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilots. at least one of the channel phase or the channel amplitude.
  • the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and on the other hand, the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is simplified.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field. Based on the above method, the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame can be simplified.
  • the method further includes: the Bluetooth sending device obtains the second parameter, and the Bluetooth sending device determines the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame according to the second parameter.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication. Based on the above method, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be determined according to at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes rapidly, or the data retransmission rate is high, or the Bluetooth service requires high reliability, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes slowly, or the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small, the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to ensure the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the signaling overhead. .
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to reduce the signaling overhead while ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different. Based on the above method, the first pilot frequency can be flexibly set.
  • the method further includes: the Bluetooth sending device sends a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device, where the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame;
  • the bluetooth sending device negotiates with the bluetooth receiving device the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device according to the third parameter, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal .
  • the bluetooth receiving device can negotiate the frame format with the bluetooth sending device according to the signal quality of the second bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device .
  • the Bluetooth sending device negotiates with the Bluetooth receiving device the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device according to the third parameter, including: the Bluetooth sending device receives the first data from the Bluetooth receiving device. information, the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; the Bluetooth transmitting device sends the second information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the second information is used to instruct the Bluetooth receiving device to The frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth sending devices is switched to the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger the negotiation of the frame format with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so that the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt the appropriate frame format.
  • Communication while improving the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reducing the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or is equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device
  • the third parameter is less than the preset third threshold, the first The information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the length of the synchronization code in the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device can be reduced, thereby reducing the length of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth sending device.
  • the power consumption of the receiving device can prolong the use time of the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device; when the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame is poor, the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be increased.
  • the length of the middle synchronization code improves the success rate of the data received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • a possible implementation manner, negotiating with the Bluetooth receiving device the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device according to the third parameter includes: sending first information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first information is used for Request to switch the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device; receive second information from the bluetooth receiving device, the second information is used to indicate the bluetooth data transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device.
  • the frame format of the frame is switched to the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can trigger frame format negotiation with the Bluetooth receiving device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt a suitable frame format Communication, while improving the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reducing the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. Based on the above method, when the signal strength of the interference signal is small, the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be reduced, so that the communication between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method.
  • the method includes: a Bluetooth receiving device receives a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, wherein the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first synchronization code and the first data field; wherein, the first synchronization code is located before the first data field, and at least one of the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than the first access code; A synchronization code is used for synchronization detection.
  • the first synchronization code may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame, and in this case, the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code. Because at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first access code, the success rate of synchronization detection can be improved, and thus the success rate of data reception can be improved.
  • the transmission power of the Bluetooth transmitting device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame can be reduced, and the use time of the Bluetooth transmitting device can be prolonged. This is because in the case where the Bluetooth sending device uses a lower transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame, the success rate of the Bluetooth receiving device in receiving data can reach that when the Bluetooth sending device uses normal transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame. The success rate of receiving data.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence. It can be understood that the pseudo-random sequence has excellent autocorrelation and cross-correlation, so using the pseudo-random sequence as the first synchronization code can improve the success rate of synchronization detection, and thus the success rate of data reception.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence, which can improve the flexibility of using the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately increased to improve the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small , the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately reduced, and the power consumption of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced while ensuring the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately increased to improve the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced. The length of the synchronization code reduces the power consumption of the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device while ensuring the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the method before the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device, the method further includes: negotiating a first random number between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, and the first random number is used in the first random number.
  • a first synchronization code is determined, and the first synchronization code set includes at least one synchronization code. Based on the above method, a first random number for determining the first synchronization code can be negotiated between the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device, and then the first synchronization code can be determined.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device negotiating the first random number with the Bluetooth sending device includes: the Bluetooth receiving device sends third information to the Bluetooth sending device, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; Fourth information of the Bluetooth sending device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger the negotiation of the synchronization code with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so as to avoid false synchronization and improve synchronization in a multi-user scenario.
  • the detection success rate reduces power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • a possible implementation manner of negotiating the first random number between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device includes: the Bluetooth receiving device receives third information from the Bluetooth sending device, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; The Bluetooth sending device sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can trigger the negotiation of the synchronization code with the Bluetooth receiving device, dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, in a multi-user scenario, avoid false synchronization and improve synchronization.
  • the detection success rate reduces power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value
  • the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can also dynamically adjust the size of the first synchronization code set to ensure the success rate of synchronization detection and reduce power consumption and signaling overhead in different scenarios.
  • the method before the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device, the method further includes: negotiating a second random number between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, and the second random number is used to determine the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • Time interval, the first time interval is the time interval for updating the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can also negotiate the first time interval, so that the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device can be regularly updated, so that in a multi-user scenario, the Incorrect synchronization can effectively improve the success rate of synchronization detection and reduce power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • N first pilots with known phases can be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can detect a channel for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilots. the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude.
  • the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and on the other hand, the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is simplified.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the first pilot frequency can be inserted into at least one of the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field, so as to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and simplify the detection for The process of transmitting the channel phase and/or channel amplitude of the channel of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes rapidly, or the data retransmission rate is high, or the Bluetooth service requires high reliability, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes slowly, or the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small, the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to ensure the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the signaling overhead. .
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to reduce the signaling overhead while ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different. Based on the above method, the first pilot frequency can be flexibly set.
  • the method further includes: the bluetooth receiving device receives the second bluetooth data frame from the bluetooth sending device, and the second bluetooth data frame is the same as the first bluetooth data frame.
  • One Bluetooth data frame is different; the Bluetooth receiving device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device with the Bluetooth transmitting device according to the third parameter, wherein the third parameter is used to indicate the signal of the second Bluetooth data frame The quality or signal strength of the interfering signal.
  • the bluetooth receiving device can negotiate the frame format with the bluetooth sending device according to the signal quality of the second bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device .
  • the Bluetooth receiving device negotiates with the Bluetooth transmitting device the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device according to the third parameter, including: the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth transmitting device, The first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; the Bluetooth receiving device receives the second information from the Bluetooth transmitting device, and the second information is used to indicate that the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth The frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the sending devices is switched to the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger the negotiation of the frame format with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so that the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt a suitable frame format.
  • Communication while improving the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reducing the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second preamble, a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; if the third parameter is less than the preset third Three thresholds, the first information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the length of the synchronization code in the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device can be reduced, thereby reducing the length of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth sending device.
  • the power consumption of the receiving device can prolong the use time of the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device; when the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame is poor, the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be increased.
  • the length of the middle synchronization code improves the success rate of the data received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device with the Bluetooth transmitting device according to the third parameter, including: the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first information from the Bluetooth transmitting device. , the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device; the bluetooth receiving device sends the second information to the bluetooth sending device, and the second information is used to indicate that the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth The frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the sending devices is switched to the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can trigger frame format negotiation with the Bluetooth receiving device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt a suitable frame format Communication, while improving the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reducing the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. Based on the above method, when the signal strength of the interference signal is small, the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be reduced, so that the communication between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth sending device, the device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module; the processing module is configured to generate a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a second a synchronization code and a first data field; wherein, the first synchronization code is located before the first data field, and at least one of the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than the first access code; the transceiver module, It is used to send the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the processing module is further configured to acquire a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module is further configured to obtain the first parameter according to the first parameter.
  • the length of the first synchronization code is determined, and the length of the first synchronization code is related to the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processing module is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes at least a sync code.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to receive the third information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processing module is also specifically used to receive the bluetooth through the transceiver module.
  • the apparatus sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the processing module is specifically used to send third information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processing module is also specifically used to receive data from the Bluetooth receiver through the transceiver module. Fourth information of the device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the processing module is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the time interval of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the processing module is further configured to acquire a second parameter, and the second parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module is further configured to obtain a second parameter according to the second parameter. Determine the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame is greater than or equal to the third ratio; if the second parameter is greater than or equal to the preset The sixth threshold, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame is less than or equal to the fourth ratio; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processing module is further configured to receive the Bluetooth data frame according to the third parameter.
  • the device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to receive the first information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processing module is also specifically used to send second information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the first Bluetooth data.
  • the frame format of the frame is specifically configured to receive the first information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processing module is also specifically used to send second information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, and the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the first Bluetooth data.
  • the frame format of the frame is specifically configured to receive the first information from the Bluetooth
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or is equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device
  • the third parameter is less than the preset third threshold, the first The information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to send first information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device;
  • the processing module is also specifically configured to receive second information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver module, where the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device to the first Bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is configured to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processing module is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth sending device, the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes at least a sync code.
  • the processing module is specifically used to send third information to the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processing module is also specifically used to receive the transmission from the Bluetooth through the transceiver module. Fourth information of the device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the processing module is specifically used to receive third information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processing module is also specifically used to send the Bluetooth transmission module through the transceiver module.
  • the apparatus sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the processing module is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth sending device, and the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the time interval of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth sending device, and the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. The time interval of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items, the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a second Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth sending device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processing module is further configured to communicate with the Bluetooth based on the third parameter.
  • the sending device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to send first information to the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device;
  • the processing module is also specifically configured to receive second information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, where the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the first Bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second preamble, a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; if the third parameter is less than the preset third Three thresholds, the first information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to receive the first information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, and the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processing module is also specifically configured to send second information to the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver module, and the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the first Bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. Based on the above method, when the signal strength of the interference signal is small, the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be reduced, so that the communication between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth sending device, the device includes: a processor and a transceiver; the processor is configured to generate a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first Bluetooth data frame a synchronization code and a first data field; wherein, the first synchronization code is located before the first data field, and at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first access code; the transceiver, It is used to send the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processor is further configured to obtain the first parameter according to the first parameter.
  • the length of the first synchronization code is determined, and the length of the first synchronization code is related to the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processor is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes at least a sync code.
  • the processor is specifically used to receive third information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processor is also specifically used to receive from the Bluetooth through the transceiver.
  • the apparatus sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the processor is specifically used to send third information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processor is also specifically used to receive data from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver. Fourth information of the device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the processor is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the time interval of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire a second parameter, where the second parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processor is further configured to obtain a second parameter according to the second parameter. Determine the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame is greater than or equal to the third ratio; if the second parameter is greater than or equal to the preset The sixth threshold, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame is less than or equal to the fourth ratio; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processor is further configured to receive the Bluetooth data frame according to the third parameter.
  • the device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the processor is specifically configured to receive first information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processor is also specifically used to send second information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, and the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device to the first Bluetooth data.
  • the frame format of the frame is specifically configured to receive first information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processor is also specifically used to send second information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, and the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device to the first Bluetooth data.
  • the frame format of the frame is specifically configured to receive first information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or is equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device
  • the third parameter is less than the preset third threshold, the first The information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the processor is specifically configured to send first information to the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device;
  • the processor is also specifically configured to receive second information from the Bluetooth receiving device through the transceiver, where the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device to the first Bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, the device includes: a transceiver and a processor; the transceiver is configured to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth receiving device The signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processor is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth sending device, the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes at least a sync code.
  • the processor is specifically used to send third information to the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processor is also specifically used to receive data sent from the Bluetooth through the transceiver Fourth information of the device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the processor is specifically used to receive third information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, and the third information is used to negotiate the first random number; the processor is also specifically used to send the Bluetooth device through the transceiver.
  • the apparatus sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first random number.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to the preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value. numerical value.
  • the processor is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth sending device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the time interval of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth sending device, the second random number is used to determine a first time interval, and the first time interval is between updating the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a second Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth sending device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processor is further configured to communicate with the Bluetooth based on the third parameter.
  • the sending device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the processor is specifically configured to send first information to the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device;
  • the processor is further specifically configured to receive second information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, where the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the first Bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second preamble, a second access code, a second synchronization code and a second data field
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame
  • the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset third threshold, and the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; if the third parameter is less than the preset third Three thresholds, the first information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the processor is specifically configured to receive first information from the Bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the processor is also specifically configured to send the second information to the bluetooth sending device through the transceiver, the second information is used to instruct the frame format of the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device to be switched to the first bluetooth data The frame format of the frame.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal strength of the interference signal, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the first information is used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. Based on the above method, when the signal strength of the interference signal is small, the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can be reduced, so that the communication between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth sending device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor At the time, the apparatus is made to implement the method described in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor At the time, the apparatus is made to implement the method described in the second aspect or any of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform the above-mentioned first aspect, or any possibility of the first aspect method described in the implementation of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to execute the second aspect or any possibility of the second aspect. method described in the implementation of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the first aspect or any of the possible aspects of the first aspect. Implement the method described in the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer program code enables the computer to execute the second aspect or any of the possible second aspects. Implement the method described in the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , so that the chip implements the method described in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , so that the chip implements the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the device described in the third aspect and/or the device described in the fourth aspect, or the system includes the device described in the fifth aspect and/or the device described in the sixth aspect, or the system It includes the device of the seventh aspect and/or the device of the eighth aspect, or the system includes the chip of the thirteenth aspect and/or the chip of the fourteenth aspect.
  • any of the Bluetooth sending devices, Bluetooth receiving devices, chips, computer-readable media, computer program products or communication systems provided above are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above.
  • beneficial effects achieved reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method.
  • the method includes: a Bluetooth sending device generates a first Bluetooth data frame, and the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to a Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first data domain and N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with a known phase, N is a positive integer, and the first pilots are used for detection At least one of a channel phase or a channel amplitude of the channel in which the first Bluetooth data frame is transmitted.
  • N first pilots with known phases may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may detect the first pilot for transmitting the first pilot The channel phase and/or channel amplitude of the channel of a Bluetooth data frame.
  • the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and on the other hand, the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is simplified.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into the first access code, or at least one item in the first data field. Based on the above method, the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame can be simplified.
  • the method further includes: the Bluetooth sending device obtains the first parameter, and the Bluetooth sending device determines the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication. Based on the above method, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be determined according to at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication, thereby generating the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes rapidly, or the data retransmission rate is high, or the Bluetooth service requires high reliability, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes slowly, or the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small, the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to ensure the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the signaling overhead. .
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth sending device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to reduce the signaling overhead while ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different. Based on the above method, the first pilot frequency can be flexibly set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method.
  • the method includes: a Bluetooth receiving device receives a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first data domain and N first pilots, the first pilot is a pilot with a known phase, and N is a positive integer; the Bluetooth receiving device detects the channel phase or channel of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot at least one of the magnitudes.
  • N first pilots with known phases may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may detect the first pilot for transmitting the first pilot The channel phase and/or channel amplitude of the channel of a Bluetooth data frame.
  • the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and on the other hand, the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is simplified.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field. Based on the above method, the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame can be simplified.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes rapidly, or the data retransmission rate is high, or the Bluetooth service requires high reliability, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes slowly, or the data retransmission rate is low, or there is no high requirement for the reliability of the Bluetooth service, or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short , or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small, the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to ensure the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the signaling overhead. .
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth sending device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced, so as to reduce the signaling overhead while ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different. Based on the above method, the first pilot frequency can be flexibly set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth transmission device, the Bluetooth transmission device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module; the processing module is configured to determine a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first connection The input code, the first data field, and N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with a known phase, N is a positive integer, and the first pilots are used to detect the channel of the channel transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame Phase and/or channel amplitude; a transceiver module for sending the first Bluetooth data frame to a Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the processing module is further configured to acquire a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module is further configured to obtain the first parameter according to the first parameter. Determine the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the time delay of the Bluetooth communication device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth receiving device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is configured to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, the first Bluetooth data frame It includes a first access code, a first data domain, and N first pilots, where the first pilot is a pilot with a known phase, and N is a positive integer; a processing module is used to detect the first pilot for transmission according to the first pilot At least one of a channel phase or a channel amplitude of the channel of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth communication device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth sending device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth sending device, the Bluetooth sending device includes: a processor and a transceiver; the processor is configured to determine a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first connection The input code, the first data field, and N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with a known phase, N is a positive integer, and the first pilots are used to detect the channel of the channel transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame at least one of a phase or a channel amplitude; a transceiver, coupled to the processor, for sending the first Bluetooth data frame to a Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processor is further configured to obtain the first parameter according to the first parameter. Determine the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the time delay of the Bluetooth communication device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth receiving device includes: a transceiver and a processor; the transceiver is configured to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth transmitting device, the first Bluetooth data
  • the frame includes a first access code, a first data domain, and N first pilots, where the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer;
  • the processor is configured to detect, according to the first pilots, a At least one of a channel phase or a channel amplitude of the channel in which the first Bluetooth data frame is transmitted.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth communication device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth sending device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth sending device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or the instruction is processed by the When the device is executed, the device is made to implement the method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth receiving device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or the instruction is processed by the When the device is executed, the device is made to implement the method described in the seventeenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect The method described in any of the possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, causes a computer to execute the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect above The method described in any of the possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the sixteenth aspects. methods described in possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the seventeenth aspect or any one of the seventeenth aspect. methods described in possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , the chip is made to implement the method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , the chip is made to implement the method described in the seventeenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the device described in the eighteenth aspect and/or the device described in the nineteenth aspect, or the system includes the device described in the twentieth aspect and/or the twenty-first aspect.
  • device or the system includes the device described in the twenty-second aspect and/or the device described in the twenty-third aspect, or the system includes the chip described in the twenty-eighth aspect and/or the second The chip of the nineteenth aspect.
  • any of the Bluetooth sending devices, Bluetooth receiving devices, chips, computer-readable media, computer program products or communication systems provided above are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above.
  • beneficial effects achieved reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an AC autocorrelation curve and a cross-correlation curve between AC and noise provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a Bluetooth communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a Bluetooth communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a format of a first Bluetooth data frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is the autocorrelation curve of the first synchronization code provided by the embodiment of the application, and the schematic diagram of the cross-correlation curve of the first synchronization code and noise;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another format of a first Bluetooth data frame provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13-15 are schematic flowcharts of another Bluetooth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of another format of a first Bluetooth data frame provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a Bluetooth communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of still another Bluetooth communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used in various Bluetooth communication systems.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • FIG. 1 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 may include a Bluetooth communication device 101, and a Bluetooth communication device 102 that can communicate with the Bluetooth communication device 101 through Bluetooth.
  • FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in the present application.
  • the Bluetooth communication device in FIG. 1 for example, the Bluetooth communication device 101 or the Bluetooth communication device 102 is a device with a Bluetooth wireless transceiver function.
  • the Bluetooth communication apparatus may be a user equipment (UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with a Bluetooth wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a Bluetooth wireless transceiving function.
  • the Bluetooth communication device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, A wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, and so on.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • a wireless terminal in a smart grid a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, and so on.
  • the Bluetooth communication device may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices.
  • Wearable technology is a general term for intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices, such as glasses, Bluetooth headsets, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • a wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also a device that realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include devices with full functions, large sizes, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and include only focusing on a certain type of application function, which needs to be integrated with other devices such as Devices used in conjunction with smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry that monitor physical signs.
  • the Bluetooth communication device can be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal of the present application may be an on-board module, on-board module, on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units, and the vehicle passes through the built-in on-board module, on-board module, on-board component , on-board chip or on-board unit can implement the method of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 101 when the Bluetooth communication device 101 wants to transmit the data 1 to the Bluetooth communication device 102 , it transmits the Bluetooth data frame 1 to the Bluetooth communication device 102 .
  • the Bluetooth data frame 1 includes a preamble, AC and data 1.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 102 will perform synchronization detection, and continue to receive data 1 after AC is successfully detected. If the Bluetooth communication device 102 does not detect AC until the end of the transmission of the Bluetooth data frame 1, the Bluetooth communication device 102 fails to synchronize, and the Bluetooth data frame 1 will be lost. In this case, the Bluetooth communication device 102 cannot receive the data 1 .
  • the synchronization detection is to perform a correlation operation on the Bluetooth data frame 1 and the locally stored AC.
  • the operation result is greater than or equal to a certain threshold, it is considered that the AC is successfully detected.
  • the AC is an identifier generated by a user according to certain rules, so different users have different ACs. Limited by the generation rules, the autocorrelation performance of some ACs is relatively poor. Under the condition of low signal-to-noise ratio or strong interference, false detection and missed detection are prone to occur, which will lead to frame loss.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 102 detects synchronously. The success rate is reduced, which in turn affects the success rate of data reception.
  • the false detection refers to that the signal has not arrived yet, but the Bluetooth communication device 102 erroneously detects the AC and performs erroneous synchronization. Missing detection means that the real signal has arrived, but the Bluetooth communication device 102 does not detect AC and cannot complete synchronization.
  • FIG. 2 it is a schematic diagram of the autocorrelation curve of AC and the cross-correlation curve of AC and noise.
  • the curve 201 is the cross-correlation curve of AC and pure noise
  • the curve 202 is the distribution curve of the auto-correlation peak of AC in the noise scene.
  • the oblique line area 203 is the probability of occurrence of missed detection
  • the vertical line area 204 is the probability of occurrence of false detection.
  • the area of the oblique line area and the vertical line area will become larger and larger, the success rate of synchronous detection by the Bluetooth communication device 102 will decrease, and the success rate of data reception will decrease. will also decrease.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method, which can insert a synchronization code into a Bluetooth data frame, and at least one of the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the synchronization code is better than AC, therefore,
  • the success rate of synchronous detection of the Bluetooth communication device 102 can be improved, and thus the success rate of data reception can be improved.
  • the specific introduction of this method will be described in the following embodiments shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 7 - FIG. 10 .
  • the bluetooth communication device 101 modulates the bluetooth data frame 1 onto the transmission signal, and the transmission signal will reach the bluetooth communication device 102 after being transmitted through the channel.
  • the transmitted signal will be affected by various distortions during the transmission in the channel, which causes the signal received by the Bluetooth communication device 102 to be different from the transmitted signal. Therefore, in the process of receiving the signal, the Bluetooth communication device 102 will detect the channel information, such as channel phase, channel amplitude, etc., and use the channel information to compensate and demodulate the received signal to obtain correct demodulation information, and also It is Bluetooth data frame 1.
  • the transmitted signal as s(t) and the received signal as r(t), and s(t) is affected by noise n(t), amplitude suppression a and phase distortion ⁇ (t) in the channel as an example
  • ⁇ (t) and a can be obtained through channel detection, and after compensation, phase distortion and amplitude suppression can be removed. Then demodulate the compensated signal to obtain s(t),
  • the Bluetooth communication device 102 wants to obtain correct demodulation information, it must first obtain accurate channel information.
  • the current methods for detecting channel information generally have major defects, so that the Bluetooth communication device 102 uses the channel information to compensate and demodulate the received signal, and the error between the obtained demodulation information and the information modulated on the transmitted signal is also is larger, which affects the receiving performance of the Bluetooth communication device 102 .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth communication method, which can insert a pilot with a known phase into a Bluetooth data frame, so that the receiving end can accurately estimate channel information according to the pilot with a known phase, The estimated channel information is then used to compensate and demodulate the received signal to obtain correct demodulation information, which can improve the receiving performance of the receiving end.
  • a Bluetooth communication method which can insert a pilot with a known phase into a Bluetooth data frame, so that the receiving end can accurately estimate channel information according to the pilot with a known phase, The estimated channel information is then used to compensate and demodulate the received signal to obtain correct demodulation information, which can improve the receiving performance of the receiving end.
  • the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is only used for example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that, in the specific implementation process, the communication system 10 may also include other devices, and the number of Bluetooth communication devices may also be determined according to specific needs, which is not limited.
  • each network element in FIG. 1 in this embodiment of the present application may be a functional module in one device.
  • the functional module may be an element in a hardware device, for example, a communication chip or a communication component in a terminal, or a software functional module running on hardware, or a platform (for example, a cloud platform) The instantiated virtualization function.
  • each network element in FIG. 1 can be implemented by the Bluetooth communication device 30 in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a Bluetooth communication device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 30 includes at least one processor 301 and at least one communication interface 304, which are used to implement the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 30 may also include a communication line 302 and a memory 303 .
  • the processor 301 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 302 may include a path, such as a bus, to transfer information between the components described above.
  • the communication interface 304 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, a pin , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • Memory 303 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 301 through the communication line 302 .
  • the memory 303 may also be integrated with the processor 301 .
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 303 is used for storing computer-executed instructions involved in executing the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 301 .
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 30 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 307 in FIG. 3 .
  • processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the Bluetooth communication apparatus 30 may further include an output device 305 and/or an input device 306 .
  • Output device 305 is coupled to processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 305 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • Input device 306 is coupled to processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 306 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the above-mentioned Bluetooth communication device 30 may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 30 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a PDA (personal digital assistant, PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, a wearable device, or a device similar to that shown in FIG. 3 . structural equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the Bluetooth communication device 30 .
  • A/B may indicate A or B
  • a and/or may be used to describe There are three kinds of relationships between related objects, for example, A and/or B, which can be expressed as: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or various steps. Variation of steps. In addition, various steps may be performed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the specific structure of the execution body of the Bluetooth communication method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the Bluetooth communication method of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented.
  • the execution body of the Bluetooth communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a Bluetooth sending device, or a component applied in the Bluetooth sending device, such as a chip, which is not limited in this application.
  • the execution body of the Bluetooth communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a Bluetooth receiving device, or a component applied in the Bluetooth receiving device, such as a chip, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following embodiments are described by taking as an example that the executing bodies of the Bluetooth communication method are a Bluetooth sending device and a Bluetooth receiving device respectively.
  • a Bluetooth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S401-S403.
  • the Bluetooth sending device generates a first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device has a Bluetooth communication capability.
  • the Bluetooth sending device may be the Bluetooth communication device 101 or the Bluetooth communication device 102 in FIG. 1 .
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may include a first AC, a first synchronization code and a first data field. Further, the first Bluetooth data frame may further include a first preamble. The first preamble can be used for AGC adjustment and signal processing. The first AC and the first synchronization code can be used for synchronization detection. The lengths of the first AC and the first synchronization code may be the same or different. The first AC can also be used for the Bluetooth receiving device to determine whether it is a Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, if it is a Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, then receive the Bluetooth data frame, if it is not the Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, Then the Bluetooth data frame is discarded.
  • the first data field is used to carry the first data, and the first data field may also be referred to as the first payload.
  • the first data is data to be sent by the Bluetooth sending device to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the bluetooth receiving device also has bluetooth communication capability. For example, if the Bluetooth transmitting device is the Bluetooth communication device 101 in FIG. 1, the Bluetooth receiving device is the Bluetooth communication device 102 in FIG. 1; if the Bluetooth transmitting device is the Bluetooth communication device 102 in FIG. 1, the Bluetooth receiving device is the Bluetooth communication device 102 in FIG. The Bluetooth communication device 101 in 1.
  • the first synchronization code is located before the first data field, so that the Bluetooth receiving device can perform synchronization detection first, and continue to receive the first data after the synchronization detection is successful.
  • the format of the first Bluetooth data frame may be as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first preamble and the first AC.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first AC and the first data field.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may also include other contents.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes a first packet header, and the first packet header may be used to indicate the protocol type of the first data. , format, etc.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first AC and the first packet header.
  • the format of the Bluetooth data frame shown in FIG. 5 is only an example of the format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may include more or more than the Bluetooth data frame shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • At least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first AC. That is, the autocorrelation of the first synchronization code is better than the autocorrelation of the first AC, or the cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than the cross-correlation of the first AC, or the autocorrelation of the first synchronization code
  • the correlation and cross-correlation are better than the auto-correlation and cross-correlation of the first AC.
  • the first synchronization code may be any sequence with excellent correlation performance, for example, a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code may be an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the m sequence, the gold sequence and the kasami sequence reference may be made to the explanations in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus can perform synchronization through the first synchronization code Therefore, the success rate of synchronization detection can be improved, and the success rate of data reception can be further improved.
  • the Bluetooth sending device obtains the first parameter, and determines the length of the first synchronization code according to the first parameter.
  • the length of the first synchronization code is related to the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code.
  • the length of the first synchronization code is positively correlated with the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code, that is to say, the longer the length of the first synchronization code, the greater the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code. The better, the shorter the length of the first synchronization code, the worse the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter may be used to indicate a requirement of a Bluetooth service and/or a communication parameter of a Bluetooth communication.
  • the requirement of the Bluetooth service may be used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, delay of data required by the service, or other parameters or requirements for measuring signal quality.
  • the communication parameters of Bluetooth communication can be used to indicate one of the following parameters: the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device, the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth transmitting device, the The signal-to-noise ratio of the channel on which the first Bluetooth data frame is transmitted, or other parameters or requirements for measuring signal quality.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be dynamically adjusted according to the first parameter, which is highly flexible.
  • the process of determining the length of the first synchronization code by the Bluetooth sending device according to the first parameter will be described in detail below.
  • the Bluetooth sending apparatus determining the length of the first synchronization code according to the first parameter may include but not be limited to the following two situations:
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device. If the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is less than or equal to the second length.
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold may be the same or different, and the first length and the second length may be the same or different.
  • the Bluetooth headset when the retransmission rate of the data is high, or the Bluetooth service requires high reliability (for example, when the Bluetooth headset is connected to the mobile phone to play games), or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long (for example, in the garage through the In the scenario of Bluetooth positioning to find the position of the car, it needs to cover a long distance), or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large (for example, Bluetooth communication in places with dense personnel and equipment such as airports, railway stations, etc., Generally, when the strength of the interference signal is relatively large), the length of the first synchronization code may be appropriately increased to improve the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short (for example, in the scenario of transmitting ordinary files between two Bluetooth mobile phones)
  • the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is small (for example, in Bluetooth communication at home, there are fewer interference sources, and the signal strength of the interference signal is also small)
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately reduced, and the power consumption of the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be reduced while ensuring the success rate of synchronization detection.
  • the first threshold being 40%, the preset second threshold being 20%, the first length being 64 bits, and the second length being 32 bits as an example
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits. If the data retransmission rate is 15%, the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter includes the level of data reliability requirements.
  • the lower the reliability of the data the first threshold is 4, the preset second threshold is 2, the first length is 64 bits, and the second length is 32 bits.
  • the required level of data reliability is 5
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits, etc.
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter includes the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold are both 15 meters
  • the first length is 128 bits
  • the second length is 64 bits as an example.
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 128 bits or the like. If the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is 8 meters, the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits, 32 bits, or 16 bits, etc., or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter includes the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device
  • the first threshold is -50 decibel milliwatts (dBm)
  • the preset second threshold is -80 dBm
  • the first length and the second length are Taking 64 bits as an example, if the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is -45dBm, the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits. If the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is -90dBm, the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter can also be used to indicate other parameters, such as the number of users around the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth sending device and/or The number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device, the complexity of the channel between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device, etc., are not limited.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device to send the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame. If the first parameter Less than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is greater than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is less than or equal to the second length.
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold may be the same or different, and the first length and the second length may be the same or different.
  • the time delay of the data required by the service is small (for example, in the scenario where a Bluetooth headset is connected to a mobile phone to play games), or the transmission power of the Bluetooth sending device to send the first Bluetooth data frame is low (for example, the wearable Bluetooth device needs to pass
  • the transmission power is reduced to reduce power consumption
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is low
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately increased to improve the success of synchronization detection. Rate.
  • the length of the first synchronization code can be appropriately reduced to ensure the success rate of synchronization detection at the same time. , reduce the power consumption of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter includes the delay of data required by the service
  • the first threshold is 5 milliseconds (ms)
  • the preset second threshold is 10 ms
  • the first length is 64 bits
  • the second length is 32 bits.
  • the time delay of the data required by the service is 1 ms
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits.
  • the time delay of the data required by the service is 12 ms
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter includes the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold are both -90dBm
  • the first length is 64 bits
  • the second length is 32.
  • the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits. If the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device is -25dBm, the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter includes the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame
  • the first threshold is 20 dBm
  • the preset second threshold is 30 dBm
  • both the first length and the second length are 64 bits. Taking bits as an example, if the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is 10 dBm, the length of the first synchronization code may be 64 bits or 128 bits. If the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is 40 dBm, the length of the first synchronization code may be 32 bits or 16 bits, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also combine various parameters in the above parameters to determine the length of the first synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device. Further, the bluetooth receiving device receives the first bluetooth data frame from the bluetooth sending device through bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus performs synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device performs synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code, and in the case of successful synchronization detection, the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first data.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device performs synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code, including: the Bluetooth receiving device performs a correlation operation between the local synchronization code and the first synchronization code, and when the operation result is greater than or equal to the preset seventh threshold value. , it is determined that the synchronization detection is successful, and in the case that the operation result is less than the preset seventh threshold, it is determined that the synchronization detection fails. If the synchronization detection of the Bluetooth receiving device fails, the first Bluetooth data frame is lost.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can also determine whether the first Bluetooth data frame is sent by the Bluetooth sending device according to the first AC, and if the first Bluetooth data frame is a Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, the first Bluetooth data frame is received. For the Bluetooth data frame, if the first Bluetooth data frame is not a Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, the first Bluetooth data frame is discarded.
  • a first synchronization code may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame, and the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code. Because at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first AC, the success rate of synchronization detection can be improved, and thus the success rate of data reception can be improved.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic diagram of the autocorrelation curve of the first synchronization code and the cross-correlation curve of the first synchronization code and noise.
  • the curve 601 is the cross-correlation curve between the first synchronization code and pure noise
  • the curve 602 is the distribution curve of the autocorrelation peak of the first synchronization code in a noise scenario.
  • the oblique line area 603 is the probability of occurrence of missed detection
  • the vertical line area 604 is the probability of occurrence of false detection.
  • curve 602 is higher and steeper than curve 202 because the autocorrelation and/or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than the auto-correlation and/or cross-correlation of the first AC.
  • the overlapping area of 601 and curve 602 is smaller, and the probability of false detection and missed detection is smaller.
  • the success rate of synchronous detection by the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, thereby improving the success rate of data reception.
  • the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth transmitting device can also be reduced, and the use time of the Bluetooth transmitting device can be prolonged. This is because in the case where the Bluetooth sending device uses a lower transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame, the success rate of the Bluetooth receiving device in receiving data can reach that when the Bluetooth sending device uses normal transmission power to send the first Bluetooth data frame. The success rate of receiving data.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S401-S403 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth sending device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 describes that the first synchronization code can be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can also negotiate the frame format, and the negotiation is adopted at the time of subsequent Bluetooth data frame transmission.
  • frame format for Bluetooth communication For example, the Bluetooth sending device may negotiate the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device with the Bluetooth receiving device according to the third parameter.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • negotiating the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device may be triggered by the Bluetooth receiving device or by the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the specific process of triggering the negotiation frame format by the Bluetooth receiving device and the specific process of triggering the negotiation frame format by the Bluetooth sending device will be described below.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may trigger the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 may further include S701-S703.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second AC, a second synchronization code, and a second data field; or, the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second AC and a second data field.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame may also include a second preamble.
  • the second preamble, the second AC, the second synchronization code, and the second data field reference may be made to the descriptions corresponding to the first preamble, the first AC, the first synchronization code, and the first data field, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame, which can be understood as the content included in the second Bluetooth data frame is different from that of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame does not include the synchronization code
  • the first Bluetooth data frame includes the synchronization code.
  • the length of the synchronization code included in the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the length of the synchronization code included in the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the second Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first information may be used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information may be used to request to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, or the first information may be used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device The length of the synchronization code in the transmitted Bluetooth data frame.
  • the length of the first synchronization code is less than the length of the second synchronization code; if the first information When requesting to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than the length of the second synchronization code.
  • the first information may include an identifier of at least one frame format supported by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus.
  • the first information may include 1-bit indication information, where the 1-bit indication information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information may include an identification of at least one frame format that the Bluetooth receiving apparatus expects to switch. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the frame format supported by the Bluetooth receiving device includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame, and the frame format expected to be switched by the Bluetooth receiving device also includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded or improved, the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger to switch the frame format, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device can send the first information to the Bluetooth sending device. Further, the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may determine the communication quality according to the third parameter.
  • the third parameter may be used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame. The process of determining the communication quality by the Bluetooth receiving device according to the third parameter may refer to the following example:
  • the third parameter is the received signal strength indicator (RSSI), cyclic redundancy check (CRC) success rate, frame synchronization success rate, throughput rate or signal-to-noise ratio, etc.
  • RSSI received signal strength indicator
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the first information is used to request to reduce the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the length of the midamble If the third parameter is smaller than the preset third threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded, the first information is used to request to increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device .
  • Example 2 Taking the third parameter as the interference strength, etc. as an example, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset seventh threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded, and the first information is used to request to add a Bluetooth receiving device The length of the synchronization code in the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth sending device; if the third parameter is less than the preset seventh threshold, that is, the bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is improved, and the first information is used to request to reduce the bluetooth The length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. It can be understood that, in this case, the method shown in FIG. 7 may not include S701.
  • the Bluetooth sending device is user A's mobile phone
  • the Bluetooth receiving device is user A's Bluetooth headset
  • user A listens to music through the Bluetooth headset as an example to introduce how the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • User A is outside the convention and exhibition center, and the interference is small, and the frame format of the second Bluetooth data frame can be used for communication between the mobile phone and the Bluetooth headset.
  • User A enters the exhibition center, the number of surrounding users suddenly increases, and there are various interferences.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the CRC success rate is lower than the preset third threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to increase the length of the synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the frame synchronization success rate is significantly reduced, which is less than the preset third threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to increase the synchronization code. length.
  • User A walks into a conference hall, and there is strong wireless-fidelity (WiFi) signal interference.
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the throughput rate is lower than the preset third threshold, and strong interference is detected, that is, When the interference strength is greater than or equal to the preset seventh threshold, the first information will be sent to the mobile phone to increase the length of the synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the surrounding interference has disappeared, that is, the interference intensity is less than the preset seventh threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to reduce the length of the synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device within the transmission interval between the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth sending device receives the first information from the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the second information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device to the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second information includes an identifier of a frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the second information to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the second information from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can communicate in the negotiated frame format.
  • the first information or the second information may carry an identifier of the time slot, and subsequently, the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may communicate in a negotiated frame format in the time slot indicated by the identifier of the time slot.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can also negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth sending device through multiple information exchanges.
  • the bluetooth receiving device may send a frame format identifier to the bluetooth sending device each time, and the bluetooth sending device determines whether to communicate in the frame format indicated by the bluetooth receiving device through an indication message. If the Bluetooth sending device determines to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device, the negotiation is completed. If the Bluetooth sending device determines not to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth receiving device sends a frame format identifier to the Bluetooth sending device again. Until the Bluetooth sending device determines to use the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device to communicate.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth sending device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt appropriate
  • the frame format communication improves the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reduces the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in S701-S703 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment does not limit this.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 describes the process of the Bluetooth receiving device triggering the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also trigger the negotiation of the frame format. Specifically, reference may be made to the method shown in FIG. 8 below.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may further include S801-S802.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends first information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first information in S801 may include an identifier of at least one frame format supported by the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first information in S801 may include 1-bit indication information, where the 1-bit indication information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information in S801 may include an identifier of at least one frame format that the Bluetooth sending device expects to switch. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the frame format supported by the Bluetooth sending device includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame, and the frame format that the Bluetooth sending device expects to switch also includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the bluetooth sending device can trigger to switch the frame format, that is, the bluetooth sending device can send the first information to the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends first information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first information is used to request to increase the transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the third parameter is less than the preset fourth threshold, the Bluetooth sending device sends the first information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first information is used to request to reduce the difference between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the third parameter may be used to indicate the signal strength of the interfering signal.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first information to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first information from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • S802 The Bluetooth receiving device sends the second information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can communicate in the negotiated frame format.
  • the first information or the second information may carry an identifier of the time slot, and subsequently, the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may communicate in a negotiated frame format in the time slot indicated by the identifier of the time slot.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth receiving device through multiple information exchanges.
  • the Bluetooth sending device may send a frame format identifier to the Bluetooth receiving device each time, and the Bluetooth receiving device determines whether to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth sending device through an indication message. If the Bluetooth receiving device determines to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device, the negotiation is completed. If the Bluetooth receiving device determines not to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device, the Bluetooth transmitting device sends a frame format identifier to the Bluetooth receiving device again. Until the Bluetooth receiving device determines to use the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device to communicate.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth receiving device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt appropriate
  • the frame format communication improves the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device for receiving data, and reduces the power consumption of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device, so as to prolong the use time of the bluetooth sending device and the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S801-S802 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth transmitting device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device may be included in the first synchronization code set, that is, the first synchronization code set. Both the synchronization code and the second synchronization code are included in the first synchronization code set.
  • the first set of synchronization codes may include at least one synchronization code.
  • the at least one synchronization code is any sequence with excellent correlation performance, for example, a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the at least one synchronization code may include at least one of an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the first synchronization code set may be a subset of the second synchronization code set.
  • the second synchronization code set may include all synchronization codes that can be used in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device determine the synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, which can reduce the size of the used synchronization code set and reduce the hardware resource requirements of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the synchronization code used by the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may be the same as the synchronization code used by the surrounding Bluetooth devices.
  • the bluetooth sending device, the bluetooth receiving device or the surrounding bluetooth devices will be missynchronized, that is, receiving information that is not sent to oneself will increase the functions of the bluetooth sending device, the bluetooth receiving device and the surrounding bluetooth devices. consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be dynamically adjusted to use set of synchronization codes. For example, in the case of a large number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device use a synchronization code set containing a large number of synchronization codes to ensure the success of synchronization detection. At the same time, the power consumption and signaling overhead are reduced.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device use a synchronization code set containing a smaller number of synchronization codes, reducing the need for the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the specific process of dynamically adjusting the synchronization code set used by the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may include but not limited to the following two possible implementation manners.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can dynamically adjust the size of the first synchronization code set according to the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth transmitting device is greater than or equal to a preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to a preset second value;
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the device and/or the Bluetooth sending device is less than a preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is less than a preset second value.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may negotiate to increase the synchronization code in the first synchronization code , so that the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset second value.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may also negotiate to reduce the synchronization code in the first synchronization code. , so that the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is smaller than the preset second value.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may also maintain multiple other synchronization code sets, such as a third synchronization code set, a fourth synchronization code set, and so on.
  • These synchronization code sets are all subsets of the second synchronization code set. The difference is that in these synchronization code sets, each synchronization code set includes a different number of synchronization codes. For example, the first synchronization code set includes 50 synchronization codes, the third synchronization code set includes 100 synchronization codes, and the fourth synchronization code set includes 150 synchronization codes.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device determine the synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, which can reduce the requirements on the hardware resources of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may be determined in the third synchronization code set or the fourth synchronization code set sync code.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can negotiate before sending data, and the first synchronization
  • the synchronization code is determined in the code set.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device negotiate the first random number.
  • the first random number may be used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device may also negotiate a second random number. The second random number is used to determine the first time interval, and the first time interval is the time interval for updating the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the negotiation of the first random number and/or the second random number may be triggered by the Bluetooth receiving device, or may be triggered by the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the specific process of triggering the negotiation of the first random number and/or the second random number by the Bluetooth receiving device, and the process of triggering the negotiation of the first random number and/or the second random number by the Bluetooth sending device will be described below.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may trigger the negotiation of the first random number and/or the second random number.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may further include S901-S902.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends third information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the third information may be used to negotiate the first random number.
  • the third information includes at least one random number.
  • the at least one random number includes the first random number.
  • the first random number may be used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set.
  • the first random number may be used to determine the identification of the synchronization code in the first synchronization code set in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • inputting the first random number into a pseudo-random generator can output the identifier of the synchronization code in the first synchronization code set in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can also be periodically updated.
  • Sync code in .
  • the Bluetooth receiving device needs to trigger the negotiation synchronization code again.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may determine the time interval for updating the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, ie, the first time interval. Subsequently, the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may update the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device every first time interval.
  • the methods for determining the first time interval by the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may include but are not limited to the following three ways:
  • the first time interval is predefined. That is to say, the first time interval is defined in the protocol, or stored in the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device at the factory.
  • the first random number may also be used to determine the first time interval. For example, inputting the first random number into a pseudo-random generator can output the first time interval.
  • the third information may also be used to negotiate the second random number.
  • the second random number may be used to determine the first time interval. For example, inputting the second random number into a pseudo-random generator can output the first time interval.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the third information to the Bluetooth sending device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth sending device receives the third information from the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends fourth information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the fourth information may be used to indicate the first random number.
  • the fourth information includes a first random number.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the fourth information to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can determine the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device according to the first random number, and use the synchronization code. communication.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may also acquire the first time interval.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may update the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device every first time interval, and communicate using the updated synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can determine the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device according to the first random number, and use the synchronization code to communicate.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may also determine the first time interval according to the first random number.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may update the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device every first time interval, and communicate using the updated synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can determine the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device according to the first random number, and use the synchronization code to communicate.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may also determine the first time interval according to the second random number.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may update the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device every first time interval, and communicate using the updated synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also negotiate the synchronization code with the Bluetooth receiving device through multiple information exchanges.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device may send a random number to the Bluetooth sending device each time, and the Bluetooth sending device determines whether to use the random number indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device through an indication message to determine whether the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device is used. synchronization code. If the Bluetooth sending device determines to use the random number indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device to determine the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, the negotiation is completed.
  • the Bluetooth sending device determines not to use the random number indicated by the Bluetooth receiving device
  • the number determines the synchronization code in the bluetooth data frame transmitted between the bluetooth receiving device and the bluetooth sending device, and the bluetooth receiving device sends a random number to the bluetooth sending device again, until the bluetooth sending device determines to use the random number indicated by the bluetooth receiving device to determine the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the fourth information from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • S901-S902 can also be applied to the embodiments shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 .
  • S901-S902 may be performed before S401 or after S403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • S901-S902 may also be performed before S401 or after S403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can negotiate the synchronization code with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so as to avoid false synchronization in a multi-user scenario. , improve the success rate of synchronization detection, reduce power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S901-S902 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth sending device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the method shown in FIG. 9 describes a process in which the Bluetooth receiving device triggers the negotiation of the synchronization code.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also trigger the negotiation synchronization code.
  • FIG. 10 refers to the method shown in FIG. 10 below.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may further include S1001-S1002.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends third information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends fourth information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can negotiate the synchronization code with the Bluetooth receiving device, and dynamically adjust the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so as to avoid false synchronization in a multi-user scenario. , improve the success rate of synchronization detection, reduce power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S1001-S1002 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth transmitting device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the Bluetooth communication method includes S1101-S1103.
  • the Bluetooth sending apparatus generates a first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may include a first AC, a first data field and N first pilots.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may also include a first preamble.
  • the first pilot is a pilot with a known phase, and N is a positive integer. That is to say, when the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame, the Bluetooth receiving device, or the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device know the phase of the first pilot frequency.
  • the pilot frequency may also be referred to as a phase symbol, a pilot symbol, a symbol, a pilot, etc., which is not limited.
  • the Bluetooth sending device, the Bluetooth receiving device, the first preamble, the first AC, and the first data field reference may be made to the corresponding description in the above S401, which is not repeated here.
  • the N first pilots may be the same or different.
  • the N first pilots may be identical pilots, or the N first pilots may be pilots with the same number of occupied bits but different values or phases; or, the N first pilots It can be pilots with different occupied bits.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the first pilot, the first pilot may be a pilot with a known phase, and the first pilot may also be a pseudo-random number or the like.
  • the first pilot is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first preamble, the first AC, or the first data field.
  • the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame may be as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble.
  • the first pilot is inserted into the first AC.
  • the first pilot is inserted into the first data field.
  • the first pilot is proportionally inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first pilot is equally inserted into at least one of the following: in the first preamble, in the first AC, or in the first data domain. That is to say, in the first Bluetooth data frame, the number of bits of two adjacent first pilot intervals is the same.
  • the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble, the first AC and the first data fields in equal proportions.
  • the first pilot may also be inserted into at least one of the following: in the first preamble, in the first AC, or in the first data field in a non-proportional manner. That is to say, in the first Bluetooth data frame, the number of bits of two adjacent first pilot intervals are different.
  • the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble, the first AC and the first data fields in a non-proportional manner.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may further include other contents.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes a first packet header. The first pilot is inserted into the first preamble, the first AC and the first data fields in equal proportions.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency can be increased.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency can be reduced.
  • the format of the Bluetooth data frame shown in FIG. 12 is only an example of the format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may include more or more than the Bluetooth data frame shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the Bluetooth sending device obtains the first parameter, and determines the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter may be used to indicate the requirement of the Bluetooth service, and/or the communication parameter of the Bluetooth communication.
  • the requirement of the Bluetooth service may be used to indicate one of the following parameters: reliability of data required by the service, delay of data required by the service, or other parameters or requirements for measuring signal quality.
  • the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication can be used to indicate one of the following parameters: the speed of the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, the retransmission rate of the data, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, the Bluetooth reception The signal strength of the interference signal received by the device, the transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, the error correction capability of the encoding method of the first Bluetooth data frame, or other parameters or requirements to measure signal quality.
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame can be dynamically adjusted according to the first parameter, which is highly flexible.
  • the process of determining the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame by the Bluetooth sending apparatus according to the first parameter will be described in detail below.
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame determined by the Bluetooth sending apparatus according to the first parameter may include, but is not limited to, the following two situations:
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the speed of the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or The signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device, if the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the proportion of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame is greater than or equal to the first proportion; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset The second threshold, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame is less than or equal to the second ratio.
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold may be the same or different, and the first ratio and the second ratio may be the same or different.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes rapidly (for example, the channel phase changes rapidly with time or has a large amplitude), or the data retransmission rate is high, or the Bluetooth service requires High reliability (for example, in the scenario of listening to high-definition music with a Bluetooth headset), or the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is long (for example, in the scenario of finding the position of the car through Bluetooth positioning in the garage, it needs to cover a long distance), Or when the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is relatively large (for example, in the case of Bluetooth communication in places with dense personnel and equipment such as airports and railway stations, the strength of the interference signal is generally relatively large), the first channel can be appropriately increased.
  • the frequency accounts for the proportion of the first Bluetooth data frame, so as to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame changes slowly (for example, the channel phase changes slowly or with a small amplitude over time), or the retransmission rate of the data is low, or the reliability of the Bluetooth service is not affected.
  • the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is short (for example, in the scenario where the Bluetooth devices in the bedroom communicate with each other), or the data received by the Bluetooth receiving device
  • the signal strength of the interfering signal is small (for example, during Bluetooth communication at home, there are few interference sources, and the signal strength of the interfering signal is also small)
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame can be appropriately reduced. While ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device, signaling overhead is reduced.
  • the first parameter includes the rotation angle of the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame within 1 second, the first threshold is 100 times of 360 degrees, and the preset second threshold is 360 degrees. 30 times, the first ratio is 20%, and the second ratio is 5%. For example, if the channel phase of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is rotated by 150 times of 360 degrees in 1 second, the first The proportion of the pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 20%, for example, 25%.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 5%, for example, 5%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot.
  • the first threshold being 20%
  • the preset second threshold being 40%
  • the first ratio being 30%
  • the second ratio being 15%
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 30%, for example, 31%. If the retransmission rate of data is 15%, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 15%, for example, 10%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot frequency.
  • the first parameter includes the level of data reliability requirements.
  • the lower the reliability of the data the first threshold is 5, the preset second threshold is 2, the first ratio is 25%, and the second ratio is 5%.
  • the proportion of a pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 25%, for example, 30%. In this case, a higher rate modulation method can also be used at the same time.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 5%, for example, 4%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot frequency, In this case, a lower rate modulation method can also be used at the same time.
  • the first parameter includes the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold are both 15 meters
  • the first ratio is 20%
  • the second ratio is 8% as an example
  • the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is 25 meters
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 20%, for example, 22%.
  • the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame is 8 meters
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 8%, for example, 5%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot frequency. frequency.
  • the first parameter includes the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device
  • the first threshold is -50dBm
  • the preset second threshold is -80dBm
  • both the first ratio and the second ratio are 15% as an example.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 15%, for example, 20%.
  • the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device is -90dBm
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than 15%, for example, 12%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot frequency. frequency.
  • the first parameter can also be used to indicate other parameters, such as the complexity of the channel between the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device, which is not limited.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first Bluetooth data frame If the first parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold, the proportion of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame is greater than or equal to the first proportion; if the first parameter is greater than or equal to the preset second Threshold, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame is less than or equal to the second ratio.
  • the first threshold and the preset second threshold may be the same or different, and the first ratio and the second ratio may be the same or different.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame may be appropriately increased to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the transmission power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame is relatively high (for example, Bluetooth communication between desktop computers, for If the power consumption requirement is not sensitive), or the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is high, or the error correction capability of the encoding method of the first Bluetooth data frame is strong, it can be appropriately reduced.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame reduces signaling overhead while ensuring the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter including the delay of data required by the service
  • the first threshold being 5ms
  • the preset second threshold being 10ms
  • the first ratio being 25%
  • the second ratio being 10%
  • the service The required data delay is 1 ms
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 25%, for example, 30%. If the delay of the data required by the service is 12ms, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 10%, for example, 10%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not include the first pilot frequency.
  • the first parameter includes the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device, the first threshold and the preset second threshold are both -40dBm, the first ratio is 20%, and the second ratio is 8%.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than or equal to 20%, for example, 21%.
  • the transmission power of the first Bluetooth data frame sent by the Bluetooth sending device is -25dBm, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 8%, for example, 8%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may not be Including the first pilot.
  • the first parameter includes a signal-to-noise ratio of a channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame
  • the first threshold is 20 decibels (dB)
  • the preset second threshold is 30 dB
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are Taking 15% as an example, if the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is 10 dB, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be greater than 15%, for example, 25%. If the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame is 40dB, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 15%, for example, 10%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may The first pilot is not included.
  • the first parameter includes the level of the error correction capability of the encoding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame, and the higher the level of the error correction capability of the encoding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame, the higher the level of the encoding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be Greater than or equal to 25%, eg 28%. If the error correction capability level of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame is 5, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame should be less than or equal to 10%, for example, 9%, or the first Bluetooth data frame may The first pilot is not included.
  • the Bluetooth sending device may also combine various parameters in the above parameters to determine the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus detects the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot frequency.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device subtracts the phase of the first pilot frequency when the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame and the phase of the first pilot frequency when the Bluetooth transmitting device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to obtain a value for The channel phase of the channel on which the first Bluetooth data frame was transmitted.
  • the phase of the first pilot is ⁇ (t)
  • the phase of the first pilot is ⁇ (t)
  • the amplitude of the signal is a fixed value. That is to say, the amplitude of the first Bluetooth data frame or the first pilot frequency sent by the Bluetooth sending device is known.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame
  • the amplitude of the first pilot frequency is divided by the amplitude of the first pilot frequency when the Bluetooth transmitting device transmits the first Bluetooth data frame to obtain the signal used for transmission.
  • the channel amplitude of the channel of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the amplitude of the first pilot is x(t)
  • the amplitude of the first pilot is y(t).
  • N first pilots with known phases may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame, and the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may detect the channel of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilots Phase and/or Channel Amplitude.
  • the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device can be improved, and on the other hand, the process of detecting the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame is simplified.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S1101-S1103 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth transmitting device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the method shown in FIG. 11 describes that the first pilot frequency can be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can also negotiate the frame format, and the negotiation is adopted at the transmission time of the subsequent Bluetooth data frame.
  • frame format for Bluetooth communication For example, the Bluetooth sending device may negotiate the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device with the Bluetooth receiving device according to the third parameter.
  • the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • negotiating the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device may be triggered by the Bluetooth receiving device or by the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the specific process of triggering the negotiation frame format by the Bluetooth receiving device and the specific process of triggering the negotiation frame format by the Bluetooth sending device will be described below.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may trigger the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the method shown in FIG. 13 may further include S1301-S1303.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second AC, a second data field, and M first pilots; or, the second Bluetooth data frame includes a second AC and a second data field.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame may also include a second preamble. M is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot in the second Bluetooth data frame and the first pilot in the first Bluetooth data frame may be the same or different, for example, the first pilot in the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data frame are exactly the same , or, the first pilot in the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data frame may be pilots with the same number of occupied bits but different values or phases; or, the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data
  • the first pilots in the frame may be pilots with different occupied bits, and the phases of the first pilots in the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data frame may be known.
  • the second preamble, the second AC, and the second data field reference may be made to the descriptions corresponding to the first preamble, the first AC, and the first data field, which are not repeated here.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame, which can be understood as the content included in the second Bluetooth data frame is different from that of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second Bluetooth data frame does not include the first pilot
  • the first Bluetooth data frame includes the first pilot.
  • the first pilot included in the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first pilot included in the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the second Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first information may be used to request to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information can be used to request to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, or the first information can be used to request to increase the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the devices is not limited to
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the first Bluetooth data frame is less than , the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the second Bluetooth data frame; if the first information requests to increase the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, the first Bluetooth The proportion of the first pilot frequency in the data frame is greater than that of the first pilot frequency in the second Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first information may include an identifier of at least one frame format supported by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus.
  • the first information may include 1-bit indication information, where the 1-bit indication information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information may include an identification of at least one frame format that the Bluetooth receiving apparatus expects to switch. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the frame format supported by the Bluetooth receiving device includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame, and the frame format expected to be switched by the Bluetooth receiving device also includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded or improved, the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger to switch the frame format, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device can send the first information to the Bluetooth sending device. Further, the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may determine the communication quality according to the third parameter.
  • the third parameter may be used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame. The process of determining the communication quality by the Bluetooth receiving device according to the third parameter may refer to the following example:
  • Example 3 Taking the third parameter as RSSI, CRC success rate, frame synchronization success rate, throughput rate or signal-to-noise ratio as an example, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset third threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device It is determined that the communication quality is improved, and the first information is used to request to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device. If the third parameter is smaller than the preset third threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded, the first information is used to request to increase the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device proportion.
  • the preset third threshold that is, the Bluetooth receiving device It is determined that the communication quality is improved, and the first information is used to request to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • Example 4 Taking the third parameter being the interference strength as an example, if the third parameter is greater than or equal to the preset seventh threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is degraded, and the first information is used to request to add a Bluetooth receiving device The proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth transmitting device; if the third parameter is less than the preset seventh threshold, that is, the Bluetooth receiving device determines that the communication quality is improved, and the first information is used for Request to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device. It can be understood that, in this case, the method shown in FIG. 13 may not include S1301.
  • the Bluetooth sending device is user A's mobile phone
  • the Bluetooth receiving device is user A's Bluetooth headset
  • User A is outside the convention and exhibition center, and the interference is small, and the frame format of the second Bluetooth data frame can be used for communication between the mobile phone and the Bluetooth headset.
  • User A enters the exhibition center, the number of surrounding users suddenly increases, and there are various interferences.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the CRC success rate is lower than the preset third threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to increase the number of Bluetooth receiving devices and Bluetooth sending devices.
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the devices User A walks into a booth, the number of surrounding users further increases, and the intensity of interference increases.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the frame synchronization success rate is significantly lower than the preset third threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to increase the number of Bluetooth receiving devices.
  • the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between it and the Bluetooth sending device User A walks into a conference hall, and there is strong WiFi signal interference.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the throughput rate is lower than the preset third threshold, and at the same time, strong interference is detected, that is, the interference intensity is greater than or equal to the preset third threshold.
  • the first information will be sent to the mobile phone to increase the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth headset detects that the surrounding interference has disappeared, that is, the interference intensity is less than the preset seventh threshold, and will send the first information to the mobile phone to reduce the Bluetooth transmission between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the proportion of the first pilot in the data frame is less than the preset seventh threshold.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device within the transmission interval between the second Bluetooth data frame and the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device sends the first information to the Bluetooth sending device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth sending device receives the first information from the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the second information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, so that the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt appropriate
  • the frame format communication can improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the communication overhead.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S1301-S1303 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth sending device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the method shown in FIG. 13 describes the process that the Bluetooth receiving device triggers the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also trigger the negotiation of the frame format. Specifically, reference may be made to the method shown in FIG. 14 below.
  • the method shown in FIG. 11 may further include S1401-S1402.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends first information to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first information in S1401 may include an identifier of at least one frame format supported by the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first information in S1401 may include 1-bit indication information, where the 1-bit indication information is used to instruct to switch the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the first information in S1401 may include an identifier of at least one frame format that the Bluetooth sending device expects to switch. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the frame format supported by the Bluetooth sending device includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame, and the frame format that the Bluetooth sending device expects to switch also includes the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the bluetooth sending device can trigger to switch the frame format, that is, the bluetooth sending device can send the first information to the bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first information is used to request to increase the relationship between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. If the signal strength of the interference signal is less than the preset fourth threshold, the Bluetooth sending device sends the first information to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first information is used to request to reduce the Bluetooth The proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first information to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first information from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • S1402 The Bluetooth receiving device sends the second information to the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can communicate in the negotiated frame format.
  • the first information or the second information may carry an identifier of the time slot, and subsequently, the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device may communicate in a negotiated frame format in the time slot indicated by the identifier of the time slot.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth receiving device through multiple information exchanges.
  • the Bluetooth sending device may send a frame format identifier to the Bluetooth receiving device each time, and the Bluetooth receiving device determines whether to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth sending device through an indication message. If the Bluetooth receiving device determines to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device, the negotiation is completed. If the Bluetooth receiving device determines not to communicate in the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device, the Bluetooth transmitting device sends a frame format identifier to the Bluetooth receiving device again. Until the Bluetooth receiving device determines to use the frame format indicated by the Bluetooth transmitting device to communicate.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can negotiate the frame format with the Bluetooth receiving device, and dynamically adjust the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, so that the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device adopt appropriate
  • the frame format communication can improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device and reduce the communication overhead.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth sending device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S1401-S1402 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth sending device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code, so as to improve the success rate of the synchronization detection performed by the Bluetooth receiving device. , thereby improving the success rate of the Bluetooth receiving device receiving data.
  • Fig. 11, Fig. 13-Fig. 14 specifically describe the case where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first pilot, the Bluetooth receiving apparatus can detect the channel phase and/or the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot. or channel amplitude to improve the reception performance of the Bluetooth receiver.
  • both the first synchronization code and the first pilot frequency can be included in the first Bluetooth data frame, so that the Bluetooth receiving device can perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code, so as to improve the success rate of synchronization detection by the Bluetooth receiving device , and then improve the success rate of the bluetooth receiving device receiving data, the bluetooth receiving device can also detect the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot frequency, so as to improve the receiving performance of the bluetooth receiving device .
  • the case where both the first synchronization code and the first pilot are included in the first Bluetooth data frame will be described in detail below.
  • the Bluetooth communication method may include S1501-S1503.
  • the Bluetooth sending device generates a first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may include a first AC, a first synchronization code, a first data field and N first pilots.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may also include a first preamble.
  • the introduction of the first preamble, the first AC, the first synchronization code and the first data field can refer to the corresponding description in the above S401, and the introduction of the first pilot can refer to the corresponding description in the above S1101, here I won't go into details.
  • the frame format of the first Bluetooth data frame may be as shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first AC and the first data field, and the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first preamble and the first AC, and the first pilot is inserted into the first synchronization code.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first preamble and the first AC, and the first pilot is inserted into the first AC.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first preamble and the first AC, and the first pilot is inserted into the first AC.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first AC and the first data field, the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble in equal proportions, the first AC, the first synchronization code and the first in a data field.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first AC and the first data field, the first pilot is inserted into the first preamble in a non-equal proportion, the first AC, the first synchronization code and in the first data field.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame may further include other contents.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes a first packet header.
  • the first synchronization code is located between the first preamble and the first AC, and the first pilot is non-equivalently inserted into the first preamble, the first packet header and the first data field.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device sends the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device receives the first Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus detects the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot frequency, and performs synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code.
  • the first synchronization code and N first pilots with known phases may be inserted into the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code, so as to improve the success rate of synchronization detection, and further improve the success rate of data reception.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device may detect the channel phase and/or the channel amplitude of the channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot frequency, so as to improve the receiving performance of the Bluetooth receiving device, and also simplify the detection for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame. The process of channel phase and/or channel amplitude of the channel of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the actions of the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device in the above S1501-S1503 can be executed by the processor 301 in the Bluetooth communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to instruct the Bluetooth transmitting device to execute,
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the Bluetooth receiving apparatus may trigger the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger negotiation to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, or increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device. length.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device may also trigger negotiation to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, or increase the Bluetooth data transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the proportion of the first pilot in the frame Specifically, reference may be made to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 13 . It can be understood that, in specific applications, the method shown in FIG. 7 and the method shown in FIG. 13 may also be combined. That is, the Bluetooth receiving device can trigger negotiation to change (decrease or increase) the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, as well as change (decrease or increase) the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device. The proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the devices.
  • the Bluetooth sending apparatus may trigger the negotiation of the frame format.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can trigger negotiation to reduce the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, or increase the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. length.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can also trigger negotiation to reduce the proportion of the first pilot frequency in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device, or increase the Bluetooth data transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth sending device. The proportion of the first pilot in the frame.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device can trigger negotiation to change (decrease or increase) the length of the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device, and to change (decrease or increase) the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the synchronization code in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device may be included in the first synchronization code set, that is, the first synchronization code set. Both the synchronization code and the second synchronization code are included in the first synchronization code set.
  • the first set of synchronization codes may include at least one synchronization code.
  • the at least one synchronization code is any sequence with excellent correlation performance, for example, a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the at least one synchronization code may include at least one of an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the first synchronization code set may be a subset of the second synchronization code set.
  • the second synchronization code set may include all synchronization codes that can be used in the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device determine the synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, which can reduce the size of the used synchronization code set and reduce the hardware resource requirements of the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the synchronization code used by the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device may be the same as the synchronization code used by the surrounding Bluetooth devices.
  • the bluetooth sending device, the bluetooth receiving device or the surrounding bluetooth devices will be missynchronized, that is, receiving information that is not sent to oneself will increase the functions of the bluetooth sending device, the bluetooth receiving device and the surrounding bluetooth devices. consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the Bluetooth sending device and the Bluetooth receiving device can be dynamically adjusted to use set of synchronization codes. For example, in the case of a large number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device, the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device use a synchronization code set containing a large number of synchronization codes to ensure the success of synchronization detection. At the same time, the power consumption and signaling overhead are reduced.
  • the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device use a synchronization code set containing a smaller number of synchronization codes, reducing the need for the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the hardware resource requirements of the device In the case that the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth transmitting device and/or the Bluetooth receiving device is small, the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device use a synchronization code set containing a smaller number of synchronization codes, reducing the need for the Bluetooth transmitting device and the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the hardware resource requirements of the device are examples of the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth transmitting device can negotiate a synchronization code before sending data.
  • the Bluetooth sending device can negotiate a synchronization code before sending data.
  • the above-mentioned Bluetooth sending device or Bluetooth receiving device, etc. includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the unit and algorithm operations of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in hardware or in the form of a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • functional modules may be divided into a Bluetooth sending device or a Bluetooth receiving device according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a Bluetooth communication device 170 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 includes a processing module 1701 and a transceiver module 1702 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 is used to implement the function of the Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 is, for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 may be a Bluetooth transmitting device, or a chip applied in the Bluetooth transmitting device or other combined devices or components having the functions of the above-mentioned Bluetooth transmitting device.
  • the processing module 1701 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs, and the transceiver module 1702 may be a transceiver, Transceivers may include antennas and radio frequency circuits, among others.
  • the processing module 1701 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, and the transceiver module 1702 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1701 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units, and the transceiver module 1702 may be an input of a chip (eg, a baseband chip) Output Interface.
  • processing module 1701 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or referred to as a processing circuit), and the transceiver module 1702 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except for the transceiving operations, such as S401, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the transceiving module 1702 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S402 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S401, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701-S703 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the transceiving operations, such as S401, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801-S802 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S401, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S901-S902 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S401, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S1001-S1002 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1101, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • the transceiving module 1702 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , such as S1102 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1101, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, eg, 1301-S1303 and S1102, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • processing module 1701 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth sending device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1101, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • Transceiver module 1702 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth transmitting device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, eg, 1401-S1402 and S1102, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 is the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • a sending device In the case of a sending device:
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to generate a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first synchronization code and a first data field; wherein, the first synchronization code is located before the first data field , and at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first access code.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the processing module 1701 is further configured to obtain a first parameter, the first parameter is used to indicate the requirements of the Bluetooth service and/or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module 1701 is further configured to determine according to the first parameter
  • the length of the first synchronization code, the length of the first synchronization code is related to the autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the first The length of the synchronization code is less than or equal to the second ratio; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, and transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame , or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmission power of the Bluetooth communication device 170 to send the first Bluetooth data frame, or The signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processing module 1701 is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, and the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes: at least one synchronization code.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth receiving device and/or the Bluetooth communication device 170 is greater than or equal to the preset first value, and the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset first value. binary value.
  • the processing module 1701 is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth receiving device, the second random number is used to determine the first time interval, and the first time interval is to update the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth communication device 170 The time interval between synchronization codes in transmitted Bluetooth data frames.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the processing module 1701 is further configured to acquire a second parameter, the second parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module 1701 is further configured to The second parameter determines the proportion of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the third parameter is less than or equal to the preset fifth threshold, the ratio of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame is greater than or equal to the third ratio; if the second parameter is greater than or equal to the preset The sixth threshold, the ratio of the first pilot frequency to the first Bluetooth data frame is less than or equal to the fourth ratio; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth communication device 170 The transmit power for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is further configured to send a second Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processing module 1702 is further configured to match the third parameter with The Bluetooth receiving device negotiates the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame transmitted between the Bluetooth receiving device and the Bluetooth communication device 170 , and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 is the Bluetooth transmitting device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 :
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to generate a first Bluetooth data frame, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first data field and N first pilots, where the first pilot is a pilot with a known phase, and N is a positive integer, and the first pilot frequency is used to detect at least one of a channel phase or a channel amplitude of the channel transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send the first Bluetooth data frame to the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the processing module 1701 is further configured to obtain a first parameter, the first parameter is used to indicate at least one of the requirements of the Bluetooth service or the communication parameters of the Bluetooth communication; the processing module 1701 is further configured to obtain the first parameter according to the first parameter.
  • a parameter determines the proportion of the first pilot to the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth communication device 170 sending the first The transmission power of the Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 170 When used to implement the function of the Bluetooth sending device, for other functions that the Bluetooth communication device 170 can implement, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 or the related introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a Bluetooth communication device 180 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 includes a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 is used to implement the function of the Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 is, for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , and the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 . , the Bluetooth receiving apparatus described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 may be a Bluetooth receiving device, a chip applied in the Bluetooth receiving device, or other combined devices or components having the functions of the above-mentioned Bluetooth receiving device.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, a baseband processing
  • the device may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may be an input/output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the processing module 1802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, which may include one or more central processing unit.
  • transceiver module 1801 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • processing module 1802 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or referred to as a processing circuit).
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S402 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1802 may be used to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , such as S403 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701-S703 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , such as S403 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801-S802 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , such as S403 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S901-S902 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth receiving apparatus in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , such as S403 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S1001-S1002 and S402, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , such as S403 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , such as S1102 , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1103, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, such as S1301-S1303 and S1102, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1103, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiving module 1801 may be configured to perform all transceiving operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, such as S1401-S1402 and S1102, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the processing module 1802 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the Bluetooth receiving device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 except for the transceiving operations, such as S1103, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 is the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • device In case of device:
  • the transceiver module 1801 is configured to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first synchronization code and a first data field; wherein the first synchronization code is located in the first data domain, and at least one of autocorrelation or cross-correlation of the first synchronization code is better than that of the first access code.
  • the processing module 1802 is configured to perform synchronization detection according to the first synchronization code.
  • the first synchronization code is a pseudo-random sequence.
  • the first synchronization code is an m sequence, a gold sequence or a kasami sequence.
  • the first parameter is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the length of the first synchronization code is greater than or equal to the first length; if the first parameter is less than or equal to the preset second threshold, the length of the first synchronization code The length is less than or equal to the second length; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: data retransmission rate, reliability of data required by the service, transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or Bluetooth communication device 180 Signal strength of the received interfering signal.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel of the Bluetooth data frame is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the transmit power of the Bluetooth sending device for sending the first Bluetooth data frame, or the first parameter used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to negotiate a first random number with the Bluetooth sending device, and the first random number is used to determine the first synchronization code in the first synchronization code set, and the first synchronization code set includes: at least one synchronization code.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices around the Bluetooth communication device 180 and/or the Bluetooth sending device is greater than or equal to the preset first value
  • the number of synchronization codes in the first synchronization code set is greater than or equal to the preset first value. binary value.
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to negotiate a second random number with the Bluetooth sending device, the second random number is used to determine the first time interval, and the first time interval is to update the Bluetooth communication device 180 and the Bluetooth sending device.
  • the first Bluetooth data frame further includes N first pilots, the first pilots are pilots with known phases, and N is a positive integer.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code, the first synchronization code, or the first data field.
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: a channel of a channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed of the phase change, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth communication device 180 .
  • the second parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the data sent by the Bluetooth sending device The transmit power of the first Bluetooth data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is further configured to receive a second Bluetooth data frame from the Bluetooth sending device, and the second Bluetooth data frame is different from the first Bluetooth data frame; the processing module 1802 is also configured to receive a second Bluetooth data frame according to the third parameter
  • the frame format of the Bluetooth data frame between the Bluetooth communication device 180 and the Bluetooth transmitting device is negotiated with the Bluetooth transmitting device, and the third parameter is used to indicate the signal quality of the second Bluetooth data frame or the signal strength of the interference signal.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 is the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , in the case of the Bluetooth receiving device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 :
  • the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive a first Bluetooth data frame from a Bluetooth sending device, where the first Bluetooth data frame includes a first access code, a first data field and N first pilots, and the first pilots have a known phase , and N is a positive integer.
  • the processing module 1802 is configured to detect at least one of a channel phase or a channel amplitude of a channel used for transmitting the first Bluetooth data frame according to the first pilot frequency.
  • the first pilot frequency is inserted into at least one of the following items: the first access code or the first data field.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the channel phase change of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame The speed, the retransmission rate of the data, the reliability of the data required by the service, the transmission distance of the first Bluetooth data frame, or the signal strength of the interference signal received by the Bluetooth communication device 180 .
  • the first parameter is used to indicate one of the following parameters: the time delay of the data required by the service, the Bluetooth sending device sending the first Bluetooth The transmission power of the data frame, the signal-to-noise ratio of the channel used to transmit the first Bluetooth data frame, or the error correction capability of the coding mode of the first Bluetooth data frame.
  • the N first pilots are the same or different.
  • the Bluetooth communication device 180 When used to implement the function of the Bluetooth receiving device, for other functions that the Bluetooth communication device 180 can implement, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , and FIG. 9, the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 or the related introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 will not be repeated.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了蓝牙通信方法及装置,涉及无线通信领域,通过在第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一数据域前,插入自相关性或互相关性中的至少一项优于第一接入码的第一同步码,可以提高接收端同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。

Description

蓝牙通信方法及装置 技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及蓝牙(Bluetooth)通信方法及装置。
背景技术
蓝牙是一种短距无线传输技术,能够广泛应用于多种终端。例如,智能手机、无线耳机、穿戴式设备等。目前,在蓝牙标准中,定义了多种蓝牙模式和速率。例如,蓝牙基本速率(basic rate,BR)模式和低功耗蓝牙(bluetooth low energy,BLE)1Mbps模式采用高斯频率偏移(Gaussian frequency shift keying,GFSK)调制方式,占用1MHz信号带宽,可以提供1Mbps的速率;蓝牙增强速率(enhanced data rate,EDR)模式采用差分相位偏移(differential phase shift keying,DPSK)调制方式,占用1MHz信号带宽,可以提供2Mbps和3Mbps的速率;BLE 2Mbps模式采用和BLE 1Mbps相同的调制方式,可以达到2Mbps的速率。
在蓝牙通信系统中,终端采用任一种蓝牙模式传输数据时的数据帧包括前导码(preamble)、接入码(access code,AC)和有效载荷(payload)。其中,前导码用于进行自动增益控制(automatic gain control,AGC)调整和信号处理。payload包括要传输的数据。AC用于进行同步检测。例如,在成功接收到AC后,接收端同步成功,继续接收后面的信息(比如payload)。若接收端直到当前帧结束都没有检测到AC,则接收端同步失败,当前帧丢失。因此,如何提高接收端同步检测的成功率,对避免丢帧,提高数据接收的成功率至关重要。
发明内容
本申请提蓝牙通信方法及装置,可以提高接收端同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,该方法包括:蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送该第一蓝牙数据帧。其中,该第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码。
基于上述第一方面提供的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一同步码,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测。因为第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码,所以可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。另外,采用第一方面提供的方法,在蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率相同的情况下,还可以降低蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率,延长蓝牙发送装置的使用时间。因为在蓝牙发送装置使用更低的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧的情况下,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率可以达到蓝牙发送装置采用 正常的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。可以理解的,伪随机序列的自相关性和互相关性都很优异,所以采用伪随机序列作为第一同步码可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列,可以提高使用第一同步码的灵活性。
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置获取第一参数,蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度,其中,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。第一参数指示了蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项。基于上述方法,可以根据蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项确定第一同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
一种可能的实现方式,生成第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,其中,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置之间可以协商用于确定第一同步码的第一随机数,进而可以确定第一同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,包括:蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;蓝牙 发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以触发与蓝牙发送装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,包括:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置可以触发与蓝牙接收装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以动态调整第一同步码集合的大小,以在不同的场景下,保证同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置与蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置之间可以协商用于确定、更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔的第二随机数,从而可以定期更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,使得在多用户场景下,避免误同步,有效提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。基于上述方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入N个相位已知的第一导频,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。一方面,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,另一方面,还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。基于上述方法,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,以及简化检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置获取第二参数,蓝牙发送装置根据第二参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。其中,第二参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项。基于上述方法,可以根据蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项,确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第 一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较快,或数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较慢,或数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较弱的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较强的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。基于上述方法,可以灵活设置第一导频。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置确定第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;蓝牙发送装置根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度与蓝牙发送装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,包括:蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以触发与蓝牙发送装置协商帧 格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二接入码、第二同步码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量较好的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量较差的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,包括:向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置可以触发与蓝牙接收装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
第二方面本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,该方法包括:蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,其中,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码;蓝牙接收装置根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
基于上述第二方面提供的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一同步码,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测。因为第一同步码的自相 关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码,所以可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。另外,采用第一方面提供的方法,在蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率相同的情况下,还可以降低蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率,延长蓝牙发送装置的使用时间。因为在蓝牙发送装置使用更低的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧的情况下,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率可以达到蓝牙发送装置采用正常的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。可以理解的,伪随机序列的自相关性和互相关性都很优异,所以采用伪随机序列作为第一同步码可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列,可以提高使用第一同步码的灵活性。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙接收装置与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置之间可以协商用于确定第一同步码的第一随机数,进而可以确定第一同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,包括:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;蓝牙接收 装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以触发与蓝牙发送装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,包括:蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置可以触发与蓝牙接收装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以动态调整第一同步码集合的大小,以在不同的场景下,保证同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙接收装置与蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置与蓝牙接收装置还可以协商第一时间间隔,从而可以定期更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,使得在多用户场景下,避免误同步,有效提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。基于上述方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入N个相位已知的第一导频,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度。一方面,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,另一方面,还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。基于上述方法,第一导频可以被插入到第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中的至少一项,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,以及简化检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较快,或数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传 输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较慢,或数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较弱的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较强的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。基于上述方法,可以灵活设置第一导频。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧之前,该方法还包括:蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数与蓝牙发送装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,其中,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度与蓝牙发送装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数与蓝牙发送装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,包括:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。基于上述方法,蓝牙接收装置可以触发与蓝牙发送装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二前导码、第二接入码、第二同步 码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量较好的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量较差的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数与蓝牙发送装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,包括:蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。基于上述方法,蓝牙发送装置可以触发与蓝牙接收装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,该装置包括:处理模块和收发模块;处理模块,用于生成第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码;收发模块,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理模块,还用于根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于 或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙接收装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙接收装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于获取第二参数,第二参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理模块,还用于根据第二参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第三参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第 一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块,还用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理模块,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二接入码、第二同步码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,该装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;收发模块,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码;处理模块,用于根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的 信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙发送装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙发送装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中,第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块,还用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据 帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理模块,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙发送装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二前导码、第二接入码、第二同步码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,具体用于通过收发模块接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理模块,还具体用于通过收发模块向蓝牙发送装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,该装置包括:处理器和收发器;处理器,用于生成第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码;收发器,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理器,还用于根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或 等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙接收装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙接收装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于获取第二参数,第二参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理器,还用于根据第二参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第三参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下 参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发器,还用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理器,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二接入码、第二同步码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,该装置包括:收发器和处理器;收发器,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码;处理器,用于根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙发送装置发送第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第三信息,第三信息用于协商第一随机数;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙发送装置发送第四信息,第四信息用于指示第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发器,还用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理器,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙发 送装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二前导码、第二接入码、第二同步码和第二数据域,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量;若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,具体用于通过收发器接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一信息,第一信息用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式;处理器,还具体用于通过收发器向蓝牙发送装置发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
一种可能的实现方式,第三参数用于指示干扰信号的信号强度,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。基于上述方法,可以在干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,从而可以降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间;可以在干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第二方面、或第二方面任一 种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该系统包括上述第三方面所述的装置和/或上述第四方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第五方面所述的装置和/或上述第六方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第七方面所述的装置和/或上述第八方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第十三方面所述的芯片和/或上述第十四方面所述的芯片。
可以理解的,上述提供的任一种蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置、芯片、计算机可读介质、计算机程序产品或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,该方法包括:蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。其中,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数,第一导频用于检测传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
基于上述第十六方面提供的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入N个相位已知的第一导频,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度。一方面,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,另一方面,还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到第一接入码中,或第一数据域中的至少一项。基于上述方法,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,以及简化检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:蓝牙发送装置获取第一参数,蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。其中,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项。基于上述方法,可以根据蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项,确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,从而生成第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较快,或数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较慢,或数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较弱的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较强的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。基于上述方法,可以灵活设置第一导频。
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,该方法包括:蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数;蓝牙接收装置根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
基于上述第十七方面提供的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入N个相位已知的第一导频,在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度。一方面,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,另一方面,还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。基于上述方法,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性 能,以及简化检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。基于上述方法,在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较快,或数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较慢,或数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求,或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短,或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。基于上述方法,在业务要求的数据的时延较小,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较弱的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在可以容忍较大时延,或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高,或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较强的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。基于上述方法,可以灵活设置第一导频。
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,该蓝牙发送装置包括:处理模块和收发模块;处理模块,用于确定第一蓝牙数据帧,该第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,该第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数,第一导频用于检测传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度;收发模块,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送该第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理模块,还用于根据第一参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙通信装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,该蓝牙接收装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;收发模块,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数;处理模块,用于根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙通信装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,该蓝牙发送装置包括:处理器和收发器;处理器,用于确定第一蓝牙数据帧,该第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,该第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数,第一导频用于检测传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项;收发器,与处理器耦合,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送该第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理器,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业 务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理器,还用于根据第一参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙通信装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,该蓝牙接收装置包括:收发器和处理器;收发器,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数;处理器,用于根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙通信装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙发送装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第十六方面、或第十六方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙接收装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器 执行时,使得该装置实现上述第十七方面、或第十七方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第十六方面、或第十六方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第十七方面、或第十七方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第十六方面、或第十六方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第十七方面、或第十七方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第十六方面、或第十六方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第二十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第十七方面、或第十七方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。
第三十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该系统包括上述第十八方面所述的装置和/或上述第十九方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十方面所述的装置和/或上述第二十一方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十二方面所述的装置和/或上述第二十三方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十八方面所述的芯片和/或上述第二十九方面所述的芯片。
可以理解的,上述提供的任一种蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置、芯片、计算机可读介质、计算机程序产品或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图;
图2为本申请实施例提供的AC的自相关曲线,以及AC和噪声的互相关曲线的示意图;
图3为本申请实施例提供的蓝牙通信装置的硬件结构示意图;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙通信方法的流程示意图;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种第一蓝牙数据帧的格式的示意图;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第一同步码的自相关曲线,以及第一同步码和噪声的 互相关曲线的示意图;
图7-图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种蓝牙通信方法的流程示意图;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一蓝牙数据帧的格式的示意图;
图13-图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种蓝牙通信方法的流程示意图;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一蓝牙数据帧的格式的示意图;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙通信装置的结构示意图;
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种蓝牙通信装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种蓝牙通信系统。下面以图1所示通信系统10为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。
如图1所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统10的架构示意图。图1中,通信系统10可以包括蓝牙通信装置101,以及可以与蓝牙通信装置101通过蓝牙进行通信的蓝牙通信装置102。图1仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。
图1中的蓝牙通信装置,例如:蓝牙通信装置101或蓝牙通信装置102是一种具有蓝牙无线收发功能的设备。该蓝牙通信装置可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有蓝牙无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带蓝牙无线收发功能的电脑。蓝牙通信装置还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。
作为示例而非限定,在本申请中,蓝牙通信装置可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、蓝牙耳机、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。例如,可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能的设备。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能的设备,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及包括只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用的设备,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
在本申请中,蓝牙通信装置可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请中的蓝牙通信装置可以是机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中的终端。本申请的终端可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载 芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。
在图1所示的通信系统10中,蓝牙通信装置101想要向蓝牙通信装置102发送数据1的情况下,会向蓝牙通信装置102发送蓝牙数据帧1。该蓝牙数据帧1包括前导码、AC和数据1。蓝牙通信装置102会进行同步检测,在成功检测到AC后,继续接收数据1。若蓝牙通信装置102直到蓝牙数据帧1传输结束还没有检测到AC,蓝牙通信装置102同步失败,蓝牙数据帧1会丢失。在这种情况下,蓝牙通信装置102接收不到数据1。
通过上述描述可以看出,如何提高蓝牙通信装置102同步检测的成功率,对避免丢帧,提高数据接收的成功率至关重要。上述过程中,同步检测就是对蓝牙数据帧1和本地存储的AC进行相关性运算,在运算结果大于或等于某一个阈值的情况下,即认为成功检测到AC。然而,目前AC是用户根据一定规则生成的标识,所以不同用户的AC不同。受限于生成规则,有的AC的自相关性能比较差,在低信噪比或者强干扰的条件下,容易出现误检测和漏检的情况,会导致丢帧,蓝牙通信装置102同步检测的成功率降低,进而影响数据接收的成功率。其中,误检测是指信号还没有到来,而蓝牙通信装置102错误的检测到AC,进行错误同步。漏检是指真实信号已经到来,而蓝牙通信装置102没有检测到AC,无法完成同步。
示例性的,如图2所示,为AC的自相关曲线,以及AC和噪声的互相关曲线的示意图。图2中,曲线201为AC和纯噪声的互相关曲线,曲线202为有噪声的场景下,AC的自相关峰的分布曲线。斜线区域203为发生漏检的概率,竖线区域204为发生误检测的概率。由图2可以看出,随着携带AC的信号的功率的降低,斜线区域和竖线区域的面积会越来越大,蓝牙通信装置102同步检测的成功率会降低,数据接收的成功率也会降低。
为了提高数据接收的成功率,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,可以在蓝牙数据帧中插入同步码,该同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于AC,因此,可以提高蓝牙通信装置102同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。该方法的具体介绍将在下述图4、图7-图10所示的实施例中进行阐述。
可以理解的,蓝牙通信装置101将蓝牙数据帧1调制到发送信号上,该发送信号经信道传输后,会到达蓝牙通信装置102。发送信号在信道中传输的过程中会受到多种失真影响,导致蓝牙通信装置102接收到的信号与发送信号不同。因此,蓝牙通信装置102在接收信号的过程中,会检测信道信息,例如,信道相位,信道幅度等,利用信道信息对接收到的信号进行补偿和解调,以得到正确的解调信息,也就是蓝牙数据帧1。
示例性的,以发送信号为s(t),接收信号为r(t),s(t)在信道中受到了噪声n(t),幅度抑制a和相位失真φ(t)的影响为例,接收信号满足如下关系:r(t)=as(t)e jφ(t)+n(t)。在这种情况下,若要得到s(t),可以通过信道检测,得到φ(t)和a,经过补偿,可以去除相位失真和幅度抑制。再对补偿后的信号进行解调,即可得到s(t),
Figure PCTCN2020142532-appb-000001
综上可知,若蓝牙通信装置102想要得到正确的解调信息,首先要得到准确的信道信息。目前检测信道信息的方法普遍存在较大缺陷,因此导致蓝牙通信装置102利 用信道信息对接收到的信号进行补偿和解调,得到的解调信息与调制到发送信号上的信息之间的误差也较大,影响蓝牙通信装置102的接收性能。
为了提高接收端的接收性能,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙通信方法,可以在蓝牙数据帧中插入相位已知的导频,使得接收端可以根据该相位已知的导频准确估计出信道信息,再利用估计出的信道信息对接收到的信号进行补偿和解调,得到正确的解调信息,可以提高接收端的接收性能。该方法的具体介绍将在下述图11、图13-图14所示的实施例中进行阐述。
图1所示的通信系统10仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统10还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定蓝牙通信装置的数量,不予限制。
可选的,本申请实施例图1中的各网元,例如蓝牙通信装置101或蓝牙通信装置102,可以是一个装置内的一个功能模块。可以理解的是,该功能模块既可以是硬件设备中的元件,例如,终端中的通信芯片或通信部件,也可以是在硬件上运行的软件功能模块,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。
例如,图1中的各网元均可以通过图3中的蓝牙通信装置30来实现。图3所示为可适用于本申请实施例的蓝牙通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该蓝牙通信装置30包括至少一个处理器301和至少一个通信接口304,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法。该蓝牙通信装置30还可以包括通信线路302和存储器303。
处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路302可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。
通信接口304,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口304可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、或收发电路等。
存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路302与处理器301相耦合。存储器303也可以和处理器301集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。其中,存储器303用于存储执行本申请实施例提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。
本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对 此不作具体限定。
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。
作为一种实施例,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。
作为一种实施例,蓝牙通信装置30可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器301和处理器307。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
作为一种实施例,蓝牙通信装置30还可以包括输出设备305和/或输入设备306。输出设备305和处理器301耦合,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备305可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备306和处理器301耦合,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备306可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
上述的蓝牙通信装置30可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中,蓝牙通信装置30可以是台式机、便携式电脑、掌上电脑(personal digital assistant,PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备、可穿戴设备或有图3中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定蓝牙通信装置30的类型。
下面结合图1-图3对本申请实施例提供的蓝牙通信方法进行具体阐述。
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。
为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请实施例中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,对于一种技术特征,通过“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”等区分该种技术特征中的技术特征,该“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”描述的技术特征间无先后顺序或者大小顺序。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征 在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。
在本申请实施例中,蓝牙通信方法的执行主体的具体结构,本申请实施例并未特别限定,只要能够实现本申请实施例的蓝牙通信方法即可。例如,本申请实施例提供的蓝牙通信方法的执行主体可以是蓝牙发送装置,或者为应用于蓝牙发送装置中的部件,例如,芯片,本申请对此不进行限定。或者,本申请实施例提供的蓝牙通信方法的执行主体可以是蓝牙接收装置,或者为应用于蓝牙接收装置中的部件,例如,芯片,本申请对此不进行限定。下述实施例以蓝牙通信方法的执行主体分别为蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置为例进行描述。
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙通信方法,该蓝牙通信方法包括S401-S403。
S401:蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧。
本申请实施例中,蓝牙发送装置具备蓝牙通信能力。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以为图1中的蓝牙通信装置101或蓝牙通信装置102。
S401中,第一蓝牙数据帧可以包括第一AC、第一同步码和第一数据域。进一步的,第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括第一前导码。其中,第一前导码可以用于进行AGC调整和信号处理。第一AC和第一同步码可以用于进行同步检测。第一AC和第一同步码的长度可以相同也可以不同。第一AC还可以用于蓝牙接收装置确定是否是蓝牙发送装置发送的蓝牙数据帧,若是蓝牙发送装置发送的蓝牙数据帧,则接收该蓝牙数据帧,若不是蓝牙发送装置发送的蓝牙数据帧,则丢弃该蓝牙数据帧。第一数据域用于承载第一数据,第一数据域也可以称为第一payload。第一数据为蓝牙发送装置要发送给蓝牙接收装置的数据。蓝牙接收装置也具备蓝牙通信能力。例如,若蓝牙发送装置为图1中的蓝牙通信装置101,则蓝牙接收装置为图1中的蓝牙通信装置102;若蓝牙发送装置为图1中的蓝牙通信装置102,则蓝牙接收装置为图1中的蓝牙通信装置101。
进一步的,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,这样可以使得蓝牙接收装置先进行同步检测,同步检测成功后,继续接收第一数据。
示例性的,第一蓝牙数据帧的格式可以如图5所示。图5中的(a)中,第一同步码位于第一前导码和第一AC之间。图5中的(b)中,第一同步码位于第一AC和第一数据域之间。可以理解的,第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括其他内容,例如,图5中的(c)中,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括第一包头,第一包头可以用于指示第一数据的协议类型、格式等。第一同步码位于第一AC和第一包头之间。
可以理解的,图5所示的蓝牙数据帧的格式仅是第一蓝牙数据帧的格式的示例,在具体应用中,第一蓝牙数据帧可以包括比图5所示的蓝牙数据帧更多或更少的内容,本申请式实施例不予限制。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一AC。也就是说,第一同步码的自相关性优于第一AC的自相关性,或者,第一同步码的互 相关性优于第一AC的互相关性,或者,第一同步码的自相关性和互相关性优于第一AC的自相关性和互相关性。
进一步的,第一同步码可以是任一种相关性能优异的序列,例如,伪随机序列。一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码可以为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。m序列、gold序列和kasami序列的介绍可以参考常规技术中的解释说明,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,在第一同步码的自相关性和/或互相关性,优于第一AC的自相关性和/或互相关性的情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以通过第一同步码进行同步检测,从而可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。
一种可能的实现方式,S401之前,蓝牙发送装置获取第一参数,根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度。其中,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。进一步的,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性正相关,也就是说,第一同步码的长度越长,第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性越好,第一同步码的长度越短,第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性越差。第一参数可以用于指示蓝牙业务的要求和/或蓝牙通信的通信参数。进一步的,蓝牙业务的要求可以用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、业务要求的数据的时延或其他衡量信号质量的参数或者要求。蓝牙通信的通信参数可以用于指示以下参数中的一项:第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或其他衡量信号质量的参数或者要求。在这种情况下,第一同步码的长度可以根据第一参数进行动态调整,灵活性强。
下面对蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度的过程进行具体阐述。蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度可以包括但不限于以下两种情况:
情况1:第一参数用于指示数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度。其中,第一阈值与预设的第二阈值可以相同也可以不同,第一长度与第二长度可以相同也可以不同。
也就是说,在数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性(例如蓝牙耳机连接手机打游戏的场景下),或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长(例如在车库中通过蓝牙定位寻找车的位置的场景下,需要覆盖较远的距离),或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大(例如在机场、火车站等人员和设备密集的场所进行蓝牙通信,一般干扰信号的强度较大)的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求(例如,两个蓝牙手机之间传输普通文件的场景下),或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短(例如卧室中的蓝牙装置相互通信的场景下),或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小(例如在家里进行蓝牙通信,干扰源较少,干扰信号的信号强度也较小)的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
示例性的,以第一参数包括数据的重传率,第一阈值为40%,预设的第二阈值为 20%,第一长度为64比特位,第二长度为32比特位为例,若数据的重传率为50%,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若数据的重传率为15%,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
示例性的,以第一参数包括数据的可靠性要求的等级,数据的可靠性要求的等级越高表示业务要求的数据的可靠性越高,数据的可靠性要求的等级越低表示业务要求的数据的可靠性越低,第一阈值为4,预设的第二阈值为2,第一长度为64比特位,第二长度为32比特位为例,若数据的可靠性要求的等级为5,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若数据的可靠性要求的等级为2,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
示例性的,以第一参数包括第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离,第一阈值和预设的第二阈值都为15米,第一长度为128比特位,第二长度为64比特位为例,若第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离为25米,第一同步码的长度可以为128比特位等。若第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离为8米,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位,32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
示例性的,以第一参数包括蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度,第一阈值为-50分贝毫瓦(dBm),预设的第二阈值为-80dBm,第一长度和第二长度都为64比特位为例,若蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度为-45dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度为-90dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
可以理解的,上述仅是第一参数的示例,在具体应用中,第一参数还可以用于指示其他参数,例如蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围用户的数量,蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围蓝牙装置的数量,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置之间信道的复杂度等,不予限制。
情况2:第一参数用于指示业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度。其中,第一阈值与预设的第二阈值可以相同也可以不同,第一长度与第二长度可以相同也可以不同。
也就是说,在业务要求的数据的时延较小(例如蓝牙耳机连接手机打游戏的场景下),或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低(例如可穿戴蓝牙装置需要通过减小发射功率来降低功耗的场景下),或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低的情况下,可以适当增加第一同步码的长度,以提高同步检测的成功率。在可以容忍较大时延(例如,两个蓝牙手机之间传输普通文件的场景下),或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高(例如台式机之间的蓝牙通信,对功耗要求不敏感的场景下),或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高的情况下,可以适当减少第一同步码的长度,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗。
示例性的,以第一参数包括业务要求的数据的时延,第一阈值为5毫秒(ms),预设的第二阈值为10ms,第一长度为64比特位,第二长度为32比特位为例,若业务要求的数据的时延为1ms,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若业务要求的数据的时延为12ms,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
示例性的,以第一参数包括蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率,第一阈值和预设的第二阈值都为-90dBm,第一长度为64比特位,第二长度为32比特位为例,若蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率为-1000dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率为-25dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
示例性的,以第一参数包括用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比,第一阈值为20dBm,预设的第二阈值为30dBm,第一长度和第二长度都为64比特位为例,若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比为10dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为64比特位或128比特位等。若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比为40dBm,第一同步码的长度可以为32比特位或16比特位等,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一同步码。
可以理解的,在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置也可以将上述参数中的多种参数结合起来确定第一同步码的长度。
S402:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧。进一步的,蓝牙接收装置通过蓝牙接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧。
S403:蓝牙接收装置根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置根据第一同步码进行同步检测,在同步检测成功的情况下,蓝牙接收装置接收第一数据。
进一步的,蓝牙接收装置根据第一同步码进行同步检测,包括:蓝牙接收装置将本地的同步码与第一同步码进行相关性运算,在运算结果大于或等于预设的第七阈值的情况下,确定同步检测成功,在运算结果小于预设的第七阈值的情况下,确定同步检测失败。若蓝牙接收装置同步检测失败,则第一蓝牙数据帧丢失。
可以理解的,蓝牙接收装置还可以根据第一AC确定第一蓝牙数据帧是否是蓝牙发送装置发送的,若第一蓝牙数据帧是蓝牙发送装置发送的蓝牙数据帧,则接收第一蓝牙数据帧蓝牙数据帧,若第一蓝牙数据帧不是蓝牙发送装置发送的蓝牙数据帧,则丢弃第一蓝牙数据帧。
基于图4所示的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一同步码,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测。因为第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一AC,所以可以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。示例性的,如图6所示,为第一同步码的自相关曲线,以及第一同步码和噪声的互相 关曲线的示意图。图6中,曲线601为第一同步码和纯噪声的互相关曲线,曲线602为有噪声的场景下,第一同步码的自相关峰的分布曲线。斜线区域603为发生漏检的概率,竖线区域604为发生误检测的概率。与图2相比,因为第一同步码的自相关性和/或互相关性,优于第一AC的自相关性和/或互相关性,所以曲线602比曲线202更高更陡,曲线601和曲线602重叠的面积更小,出现误检测和漏检的概率更小。因此,可以提高蓝牙接收装置同步检测的成功率,进而提高数据接收的成功率。另外,采用图4所示的方法,在蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率相同的情况下,还可以降低蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率,延长蓝牙发送装置的使用时间。因为在蓝牙发送装置使用更低的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧的情况下,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率可以达到蓝牙发送装置采用正常的发射功率发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。
其中,上述S401-S403中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
图4所示的方法描述了可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一同步码,在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以协商帧格式,在之后的蓝牙数据帧传输时刻采用协商的帧格式进行蓝牙通信。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。其中,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
进一步的,协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,可以是蓝牙接收装置触发的,也可以是蓝牙发送装置触发的。下面分别对蓝牙接收装置触发协商帧格式,和蓝牙发送装置触发协商帧格式的具体过程进行阐述。
可选的,在图4所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商帧格式。具体的,可以参考图7所示的方法,图4所示的方法还可以包括S701-S703。
S701:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧。
其中,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同。第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二AC、第二同步码和第二数据域;或者,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二AC和第二数据域。第二蓝牙数据帧还可以包括第二前导码。第二前导码、第二AC、第二同步码和第二数据域的介绍可以参考第一前导码、第一AC、第一同步码和第一数据域对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
本申请实施例中,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同,可以理解为,第二蓝牙数据帧包括的内容与第一蓝牙数据帧不同。例如,第二蓝牙数据帧不包括同步码,第一蓝牙数据帧包括同步码。又例如,第二蓝牙数据帧包括的同步码的长度与第一蓝牙数据帧包括的同步码的长度不同。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧。
S702:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
其中,第一信息可以用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙 数据帧的帧格式。例如,第一信息可以用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,或者,第一信息可以用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。可以理解的,若第一信息请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,则第一同步码的长度小于第二同步码的长度;若第一信息请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,则第一同步码的长度大于第二同步码的长度。
示例性的,第一信息可以包括蓝牙接收装置支持的至少一个帧格式的标识。或者,第一信息可以包括1比特的指示信息,该1比特指示信息用于指示切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。或者,第一信息可以包括蓝牙接收装置期望切换的至少一个帧格式的标识。可以理解的,在本申请实施例中,蓝牙接收装置支持的帧格式包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,蓝牙接收装置期望切换的帧格式也包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
可以理解的,若蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降或提高,蓝牙接收装置可以触发切换帧格式,即蓝牙接收装置可以向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。进一步的,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第三参数确定通信质量。其中,第三参数可以用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量。蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数确定通信质量的过程,可以参考下述示例:
示例1:以第三参数为接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI)、循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)成功率、帧同步成功率、吞吐率或信噪比等为例,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量提高,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。
示例2:以第三参数是干扰强度等为例,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第七阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第七阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量提高,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。可以理解的,在这种情况下,图7所示的方法可以不包括S701。
下面以用户A进入会展中心参观,蓝牙发送装置为用户A的手机,蓝牙接收装置为用户A的蓝牙耳机,用户A通过蓝牙耳机听音乐为例介绍蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息的具体情况。用户A在会展中心外,干扰较小,手机和蓝牙耳机之间可以采用第二蓝牙数据帧的帧格式通信。用户A进入会展中心,周围用户数量突然增多,存在各种干扰,蓝牙耳机检测到CRC成功率降低,小于预设的第三阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加同步码的长度。用户A走进某展台,周围用户数量进一步增加,干扰强度增大,蓝牙耳机检测到帧同步成功率明显降低,小于预设的第三阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加同步码的长度。用户A走进某会议厅,出现较强的无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi)信号干扰,蓝牙耳机检测到吞吐率降低,小于预设的 第三阈值,同时检测到较强的干扰,即干扰强度大于或等于预设的第七阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加同步码的长度。用户A参观完,走出会展中心,蓝牙耳机检测到周围干扰消失,即干扰强度小于预设的第七阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以减小同步码的长度。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置在第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧之间的传输间隔内,向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
对应的,蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第一信息。
S703:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息。
其中,第二信息用于指示将蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式切换为第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。示例性的,第二信息包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式的标识。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二信息。
可以理解的,S703之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以采用协商好的帧格式通信。进一步的,第一信息或第二信息中可以携带时隙的标识,后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以在该时隙的标识所指示的时隙,采用协商好的帧格式通信。
可以理解的,除了图7所示的方法之外,蓝牙接收装置还可以与蓝牙发送装置通过多次信息交互来协商帧格式。例如,蓝牙接收装置可以每次向蓝牙发送装置发送一个帧格式的标识,蓝牙发送装置通过一个指示信息确定是否采用蓝牙接收装置指示的帧格式通信。若蓝牙发送装置确定采用蓝牙接收装置指示的帧格式通信,则协商完成,若蓝牙发送装置确定不采用蓝牙接收装置指示的帧格式通信,蓝牙接收装置再次向蓝牙发送装置发送一个帧格式的标识,直至蓝牙发送装置确定采用蓝牙接收装置指示的帧格式通信。
基于图7所示方法,蓝牙接收装置可以与蓝牙发送装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
其中,S701-S703中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
图7所示的方法描述了蓝牙接收装置触发协商帧格式的过程。在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置也可以触发协商帧格式。具体的,可以参考下述图8所示的方法。
可选的,如图8所示,在图4所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,图4所示的方法还可以包括S801-S802。
S801:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
其中,第一信息的介绍可以参考上述S701中对应的描述。不同的是,S801中的第一信息可以包括蓝牙发送装置支持的至少一个帧格式的标识。或者,S801中的第一 信息可以包括1比特的指示信息,该1比特指示信息用于指示切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。或者,S801中的第一信息可以包括蓝牙发送装置期望切换的至少一个帧格式的标识。可以理解的,在本申请实施例中,蓝牙发送装置支持的帧格式包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,蓝牙发送装置期望切换的帧格式也包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
可以理解的,若蓝牙发送装置确定干扰信号的信号强度增加或降低,蓝牙发送装置可以触发切换帧格式,即蓝牙发送装置可以向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
一种可能的实现方式,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第四阈值,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度;若第三参数小于预设的第四阈值,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。第三参数可以用于指示干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一信息。
S802:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第二信息。
S802的具体过程可以参考上述S703中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,S802之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以采用协商好的帧格式通信。进一步的,第一信息或第二信息中可以携带时隙的标识,后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以在该时隙的标识所指示的时隙,采用协商好的帧格式通信。
可以理解的,除了图8所示的方法之外,蓝牙发送装置还可以与蓝牙接收装置通过多次信息交互来协商帧格式。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以每次向蓝牙接收装置发送一个帧格式的标识,蓝牙接收装置通过一个指示信息确定是否采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信。若蓝牙接收装置确定采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信,则协商完成,若蓝牙接收装置确定不采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信,蓝牙发送装置再次向蓝牙接收装置发送一个帧格式的标识,直至蓝牙接收装置确定采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信。
基于图8所示方法,蓝牙发送装置可以与蓝牙接收装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率的同时,降低蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的功耗,以延长蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的使用时间。
其中,上述S801-S802中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可选的,在图4所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码可以包括在第一同步码集合中,即第一同步码和第二同步码都包括在第一同步码集合中。该第一同步码集合可以包括至少一个同步码。该至少一个同步码是任一种相关性能优异的序列,例如,伪随机序列。一种可能的实 现方式,至少一个同步码可以包括m序列、gold序列或kasami序列中的至少一个。
可以理解的,该第一同步码集合可以是第二同步码集合的一个子集。第二同步码集合可以包括蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中可以使用的全部同步码。在平时使用时,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置在第一同步码集合中确定同步码,可以减小使用的同步码集合的大小,降低对蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的硬件资源的要求。然而,若蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较多,有可能出现蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用的同步码,与周围的蓝牙装置采用的同步码相同的情况。在这种情况下,蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置或周围的蓝牙装置会出现误同步的现象,即接收不是发送给自己的信息,会增加蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置和周围的蓝牙装置的功耗和信令开销。
为了避免上述问题,在多用户场景下(蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值的场景下),蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以动态调整使用的同步码集合。例如,在蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较多的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置使用包含的同步码数量较多的同步码集合,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低功耗和信令开销。在蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较少的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置使用包含的同步码数量较少的同步码集合,降低对蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的硬件资源的要求。蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置动态调整使用的同步码集合的具体过程可以包括但不限于以下两种可能的实现方式。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以根据蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围蓝牙装置的数量动态调整第一同步码集合的大小。具体的,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值;蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量小于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量小于预设的第二数值。例如,在检测到蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以协商增加第一同步码中同步码的数量,使得第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。类似的,在检测到蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量小于预设的第一数值的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以协商减少第一同步码中同步码的数量,使得第一同步码集合中同步码的数量小于预设的第二数值。
另一种可能的实现方式,除了第一同步码集合之外,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以维护多个其他同步码集合,例如第三同步码集合、第四同步码集合等等。这些同步码集合都是第二同步码集合的子集,不同的是,这些同步码集合中,每个同步码集合包括的同步码的数量不同。例如,第一同步码集合包括50个同步码,第三同步码集合包括100个同步码,第四同步码集合包括150个同步码。在平时使用时,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置在第一同步码集合中确定同步码,可以降低对蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的硬件资源的要求。在蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以在第三同步码集合或第四同步码集合中确定同步码。
可以理解的,若蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码包括在第一同步码集合中,蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置可以在发送数据前协商,在第一同步码集合中确定同步码。例如,蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数。第一随机数可以用于在第一同步码集合中,确定所述第一同步码。蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置还可以协商第二随机数。第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
进一步的,协商第一随机数和/或第二随机数,可以是蓝牙接收装置触发的,也可以是蓝牙发送装置触发的。下面分别对蓝牙接收装置触发协商第一随机数和/或第二随机数,和蓝牙发送装置触发协商第一随机数和/或第二随机数的具体过程进行阐述。
可选的,在图4所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商第一随机数和/或第二随机数。具体的,可以参考图9所示的方法,图4所示的方法还可以包括S901-S902。
S901:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第三信息。
其中,第三信息可以用于协商第一随机数。例如,第三信息包括至少一个随机数。该至少一个随机数包括第一随机数。其中,第一随机数可以用于在第一同步码集合中,确定所述第一同步码。示例性的,第一随机数可以用于确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码在第一同步码集合中的标识。例如,将第一随机数输入一个伪随机生成器即可输出蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码在第一同步码集合中的标识。
可以理解的,为了在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销,还可以周期性地更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码。在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置需要再次触发协商同步码。为了避免蓝牙接收装置频繁的触发协商同步码,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以确定更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔,即第一时间间隔。后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以每隔第一时间间隔更新一次蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码。
蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置确定第一时间间隔的方法可以包括但不限于以下三种方式:
方式一:第一时间间隔为预定义的。也就是说,第一时间间隔为协议中定义的,或者为出厂时存储在蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置中的。
方式二:第一随机数还可以用于确定第一时间间隔。例如,将第一随机数输入一个伪随机生成器即可输出第一时间间隔。
方式三:第三信息还可以用于协商第二随机数。第二随机数可以用于确定第一时间间隔。例如,将第二随机数输入一个伪随机生成器即可输出第一时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙发送装置发送第三信息。
对应的,蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第三信息。
S902:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第四信息。
其中,第四信息可以用于指示第一随机数。示例性的,第四信息包括第一随机数。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第四信息。
可以理解的,对于上述方式一,S902之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用该同步码通信。蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以获取第一时间间隔。后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以每隔第一时间间隔更新一次蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用更新后的同步码通信。
对于上述方式二,S902之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用该同步码通信。蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以根据第一随机数确定第一时间间隔。后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以每隔第一时间间隔更新一次蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用更新后的同步码通信。
对于上述方式三,S902之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用该同步码通信。蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以根据第二随机数确定第一时间间隔。后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以每隔第一时间间隔更新一次蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,并采用更新后的同步码通信。
可以理解的,除了图9所示的方法之外,蓝牙发送装置还可以与蓝牙接收装置通过多次信息交互来协商同步码。例如,蓝牙接收装置可以每次向蓝牙发送装置发送一个随机数,蓝牙发送装置通过一个指示信息确定是否采用蓝牙接收装置指示的随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码。若蓝牙发送装置确定采用蓝牙接收装置指示的随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,则协商完成,若蓝牙发送装置确定不采用蓝牙接收装置指示的随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,蓝牙接收装置再次向蓝牙发送装置发送一个随机数,直至蓝牙发送装置确定采用蓝牙接收装置指示的随机数确定蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第四信息。
可以理解的,S901-S902还可以应用在图7和图8所示的实施例中。例如,S901-S902可以在图7所示的实施例中的S401之前,或S403之后执行。S901-S902也可以在图8所示的实施例中的S401之前,或S403之后执行。
基于图9所示的方法,蓝牙接收装置可以与蓝牙发送装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
其中,上述S901-S902中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
图9所示的方法描述了蓝牙接收装置触发协商同步码的过程。在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置也可以触发协商同步码。具体的,可以参考下述图10所示的方法。
可选的,如图10所示,在图4所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,图4所示的方 法还可以包括S1001-S1002。
S1001:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第三信息。
S1002:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第四信息。
其中,S1001-S1002的具体过程可以参考上述S901-S902中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
基于图10所示的方法,蓝牙发送装置可以与蓝牙接收装置协商同步码,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码,在多用户场景下,避免误同步,提高同步检测的成功率,降低功耗和信令开销。
其中,上述S1001-S1002中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可以理解的,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的过程中,要将第一蓝牙数据帧调制到发送信号上,该发送信号经信道传输后,会到达蓝牙接收装置。发送信号在信道中传输的过程中会受到多种失真影响,导致蓝牙接收装置接收到的信号与发送信号不同。因此,蓝牙接收装置在接收接收信号的过程中,会检测信道信息,利用信道信息对接收到的信号进行补偿和解调,以得到解调信息。然而,目前检测信道信息的方法普遍存在较大缺陷,因此导致蓝牙接收装置利用信道信息对接收到的信号进行补偿和解调,得到的解调信息与第一蓝牙数据帧之间的误差也较大,影响蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。为了提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,本申请实施例提供又一种蓝牙通信方法,如图11所示,该蓝牙通信方法包括S1101-S1103。
S1101:蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧。
其中,第一蓝牙数据帧可以包括第一AC、第一数据域和N个第一导频。第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括第一前导码。第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。也就是说,蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,蓝牙接收装置,或者,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置知道第一导频的相位。本申请实施例中,导频还可以称为相位符号、pilot符号、符号、pilot等,不予限制。蓝牙发送装置,蓝牙接收装置,第一前导码、第一AC和第一数据域的介绍可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,N个第一导频可以相同也可以不同。例如,N个第一导频可以是完全相同的导频,或者,N个第一导频可以是占用的比特位数相同,但数值或相位不同的导频;或者,N个第一导频可以是占用的比特位数不同的导频。应理解,本申请不对第一导频进行具体限制,第一导频为相位已知的导频即可,第一导频也可以是伪随机数等。
进一步的,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一前导码中,第一AC中,或第一数据域中。
示例性的,第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式可以如图12所示。图12中的(a)中,第一导频被插入到第一前导码中。图12中的(b)中,第一导频被插入到第一AC中。图12中的(c)中,第一导频被插入到第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,第一导频被按比例插入到第一蓝牙数据帧中。例如,第一导频被等比地插入到以下至少一项中:第一前导码中,第一AC中或第一数据域中。 也就是说,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,相邻两个第一导频间隔的比特位数相同。在图12中的(d)中,第一导频被等比的插入到第一前导码,第一AC和第一数据域中。第一导频还可以被非等比例地插入到以下至少一项中:第一前导码中,第一AC中,或第一数据域中。也就是说,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,相邻两个第一导频间隔的比特位数不相同。在图12中的(e)中,第一导频被非等比例的插入到第一前导码,第一AC和第一数据域中。
可以理解的,第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括其他内容,例如,图12中的(f)中,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括第一包头。第一导频被等比的插入到第一前导码,第一AC和第一数据域中。
可以理解的,对于会影响后面蓝牙数据帧的接收的部分,例如,第一包头,可以增加第一导频的比例。对于后面蓝牙数据帧的接收影响较小的部分,例如,第一数据域,可以降低第一导频的比例。
可以理解的,图12所示的蓝牙数据帧的格式仅是第一蓝牙数据帧的格式的示例,在具体应用中,第一蓝牙数据帧可以包括比图12所示的蓝牙数据帧更多或更少的内容,本申请式实施例不予限制。
一种可能的实现方式,S1101之前,蓝牙发送装置获取第一参数,根据第一参数确定第一导频在第一蓝牙数据帧中占的比例。其中,所述第一参数可以用于指示蓝牙业务的要求,和/或,蓝牙通信的通信参数。进一步的,蓝牙业务的要求可以用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的可靠性、业务要求的数据的时延或其他衡量信号质量的参数或者要求。蓝牙通信的通信参数可以用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力、或其他衡量信号质量的参数或者要求。在这种情况下,第一导频在第一蓝牙数据帧中占的比例可以根据第一参数进行动态调整,灵活性强。
下面对蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一导频在第一蓝牙数据帧中占的比例的过程进行具体阐述。蓝牙发送装置根据第一参数确定第一导频在第一蓝牙数据帧中占的比例可以包括但不限于以下两种情况:
情况3:第一参数用于指示用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例。其中,第一阈值与预设的第二阈值可以相同也可以不同,第一比例与第二比例可以相同也可以不同。
也就是说,在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较快(例如该信道相位随时间变化很快或幅度较大),或数据的重传率较高,或蓝牙业务要求高可靠性(例如蓝牙耳机收听高清音乐的场景下),或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较长(例如在车库中通过蓝牙定位寻找车的位置的场景下,需要覆盖较远的距离),或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较大(例如在机场、火车站等人员和设备密集的场 所进行蓝牙通信,一般干扰信号的强度较大)的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化较慢(例如该信道相位随时间变化很慢或幅度较小),或数据的重传率较低,或对蓝牙业务的可靠性没有较高要求(例如,蓝牙耳机进行普通的语音通话的场景下),或第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离较短(例如卧室中的蓝牙装置相互通信的场景下),或蓝牙接收装置接收到的干扰信号的信号强度较小(例如在家里进行蓝牙通信,干扰源较少,干扰信号的信号强度也较小)的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
示例性的,以第一参数包括用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位在1秒钟内的旋转角度,第一阈值为360度的100倍,预设的第二阈值为360度的30倍,第一比例为20%,第二比例为5%为例,若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位在1秒钟内旋转角度为360度的150倍,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于20%,例如为25%。若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位在1秒钟内旋转的角度为360度的25倍,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于5%,例如为5%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括数据的重传率,第一阈值为20%,预设的第二阈值为40%,第一比例为30%,第二比例为15%为例,若数据的重传率为50%,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于30%,例如为31%。若数据的重传率为15%,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于15%,例如为10%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括数据的可靠性要求的等级,数据的可靠性要求的等级越高表示业务要求的数据的可靠性越高,数据的可靠性要求的等级越低表示业务要求的数据的可靠性越低,第一阈值为5,预设的第二阈值为2,第一比例为25%,第二比例为5%为例,若数据的可靠性要求的等级为5,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于25%,例如为30%,在这种情况下,还可以同时采用更高速率的调制方式。若数据的可靠性要求的等级为2,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于5%,例如为4%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频,在这种情况下,还可以同时采用更低速率的调制方式。
示例性的,以第一参数包括第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离,第一阈值和预设的第二阈值都为15米,第一比例为20%,第二比例为8%为例,若第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离为25米,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于20%,例如为22%。若第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离为8米,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于8%,例如为5%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度,第一阈值为-50dBm,预设的第二阈值为-80dBm,第一比例和第二比例都为15%为例,若蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度为-45dBm,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于15%,例如为20%。若蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度为-90dBm,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于15%,例如为12%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧 可以不包括第一导频。
可以理解的,上述仅是第一参数的示例,在具体应用中,第一参数还可以用于指示其他参数,例如蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置之间信道的复杂度等,不予限制。
情况4:第一参数用于指示业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例。其中,第一阈值与预设的第二阈值可以相同也可以不同,第一比例与第二比例可以相同也可以不同。
也就是说,在业务要求的数据的时延较小(例如蓝牙耳机连接手机打游戏的场景下),或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较低(例如可穿戴蓝牙装置需要通过减小发射功率来降低功耗的场景下),或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较低,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较弱(例如需要降低纠错能力来换取其他性能指标)的情况下,可以适当增加第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在可以容忍较大时延(例如,两个蓝牙手机之间传输普通文件的场景下),或蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率较高(例如台式机之间的蓝牙通信,对功耗要求不敏感的场景下),或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比较高,或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力较强的情况下,可以适当降低第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例,在保证蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低信令开销。
示例性的,以第一参数包括业务要求的数据的时延,第一阈值为5ms,预设的第二阈值为10ms,第一比例为25%,第二比例为10%为例,若业务要求的数据的时延为1ms,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于25%,例如为30%。若业务要求的数据的时延为12ms,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于10%,例如10%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率,第一阈值和预设的第二阈值都为-40dBm,第一比例为20%,第二比例为8%为例,若蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率为-60dBm,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于20%,例如为21%。若蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率为-25dBm,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于8%,例如为8%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比,第一阈值为20分贝(dB),预设的第二阈值为30dB,第一比例和第二比例都为15%为例,若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比为10dB,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于15%,例如为25%。若用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比为40dB,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于15%,例如为10%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
示例性的,以第一参数包括第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力的等级,第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力的等级越高表示第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错 能力越强,第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力的等级越低表示第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力越弱,第一阈值为2,预设的第二阈值为4,第一比例为25%,第二比例为10%为例,若第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力的等级为2,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应大于或等于25%,例如为28%。若第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力的等级为5,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例应小于或等于10%,例如为9%,或者,第一蓝牙数据帧可以不包括第一导频。
可以理解的,在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置也可以将上述参数中的多种参数结合起来确定第一导频在第一蓝牙数据帧中占的比例。
S1102:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧。
S1103:蓝牙接收装置根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置将接收到第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的相位与蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的相位做减法,得到用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位。
示例性的,以蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的相位为θ(t),蓝牙接收装置接收到第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的相位为σ(t)为例,则用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位φ(t)=σ(t)-θ(t)。
可以理解的,通常蓝牙发送装置发送信号时,信号的幅度是一个固定值。也就是说,蓝牙发送装置发送的第一蓝牙数据帧或第一导频的幅度是已知的。在这种情况下,蓝牙接收装置将接收到第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的幅度与蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的幅度做除法,得到用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道幅度。
示例性的,以蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的幅度为x(t),蓝牙接收装置接收到第一蓝牙数据帧时,第一导频的幅度为y(t)为例,则用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道幅度
Figure PCTCN2020142532-appb-000002
基于图11所示的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入N个相位已知的第一导频,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度。一方面,可以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,另一方面,还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
其中,上述S1101-S1103中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
图11所示的方法描述了可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一导频,在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置还可以协商帧格式,在之后的蓝牙数据帧传输时刻采用协商的帧格式进行蓝牙通信。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置 协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。其中,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
进一步的,协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,可以是蓝牙接收装置触发的,也可以是蓝牙发送装置触发的。下面分别对蓝牙接收装置触发协商帧格式,和蓝牙发送装置触发协商帧格式的具体过程进行阐述。
可选的,在图11所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商帧格式。具体的,可以参考图13所示的方法,图11所示的方法还可以包括S1301-S1303。
S1301:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧。
其中,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同。第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二AC、第二数据域和M个第一导频;或者,第二蓝牙数据帧包括第二AC和第二数据域。第二蓝牙数据帧还可以包括第二前导码。M为正整数。第二蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频和第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频可以相同也可以不同,例如,第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频完全相同,或者,第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频可以是占用的比特位数相同,但数值或相位不同的导频;或者,第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频可以是占用的比特位数不同的导频,第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧中的第一导频的相位已知即可。第二前导码、第二AC和第二数据域的介绍可以参考第一前导码、第一AC和第一数据域对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
本申请实施例中,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同,可以理解为,第二蓝牙数据帧包括的内容与第一蓝牙数据帧不同。例如,第二蓝牙数据帧不包括第一导频,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一导频。又例如,第二蓝牙数据帧包括的第一导频与第一蓝牙数据帧包括的第一导频不同。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧。
S1302:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
其中,第一信息可以用于请求切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。例如,第一信息可以用于请求降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例,或者,第一信息可以用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。可以理解的,若第一信息请求降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例,则第一蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例小于,第二蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例;若第一信息请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例,则第一蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例大于,第二蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
示例性的,第一信息可以包括蓝牙接收装置支持的至少一个帧格式的标识。或者,第一信息可以包括1比特的指示信息,该1比特指示信息用于指示切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。或者,第一信息可以包括蓝牙接收装置期望切换的至少一个帧格式的标识。可以理解的,在本申请实施例中,蓝牙接收 装置支持的帧格式包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,蓝牙接收装置期望切换的帧格式也包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
可以理解的,若蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降或提高,蓝牙接收装置可以触发切换帧格式,即蓝牙接收装置可以向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。进一步的,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第三参数确定通信质量。其中,第三参数可以用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量。蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数确定通信质量的过程,可以参考下述示例:
示例3:以第三参数为RSSI、CRC成功率、帧同步成功率、吞吐率或信噪比等为例,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第三阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量提高,第一信息用于请求降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。若第三参数小于预设的第三阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
示例4:以第三参数是干扰强度等为例,若第三参数大于或等于预设的第七阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量下降,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例;若第三参数小于预设的第七阈值,也就是说,蓝牙接收装置确定通信质量提高,第一信息用于请求降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。可以理解的,在这种情况下,图13所示的方法可以不包括S1301。
下面以用户A进入会展中心参观,蓝牙发送装置为用户A的手机,蓝牙接收装置为用户A的蓝牙耳机,用户A通过蓝牙耳机听音乐为例介绍蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息的具体情况。用户A在会展中心外,干扰较小,手机和蓝牙耳机之间可以采用第二蓝牙数据帧的帧格式通信。用户A进入会展中心,周围用户数量突然增多,存在各种干扰,蓝牙耳机检测到CRC成功率降低,小于预设的第三阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。用户A走进某展台,周围用户数量进一步增加,干扰强度增大,蓝牙耳机检测到帧同步成功率明显降低,小于预设的第三阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。用户A走进某会议厅,出现较强的WiFi信号干扰,蓝牙耳机检测到吞吐率降低,小于预设的第三阈值,同时检测到较强的干扰,即干扰强度大于或等于预设的第七阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。用户A参观完,走出会展中心,蓝牙耳机检测到周围干扰消失,即干扰强度小于预设的第七阈值,会向手机发送第一信息,以降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置在第二蓝牙数据帧和第一蓝牙数据帧之间的传输间隔内,向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙发送装置发送第一信息。
对应的,蓝牙发送装置接收来自蓝牙接收装置的第一信息。
S1303:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第二信息。
S1303的具体介绍可以参考上述S703中对应的描述,不予赘述。
基于图13所示方法,蓝牙接收装置可以与蓝牙发送装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低通信开销。
其中,上述S1301-S1303中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
图13所示的方法描述了蓝牙接收装置触发协商帧格式的过程。在具体应用中,蓝牙发送装置也可以触发协商帧格式。具体的,可以参考下述图14所示的方法。
可选的,如图14所示,在图11所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,图11所示的方法还可以包括S1401-S1402。
S1401:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
其中,第一信息的介绍可以参考上述S1301中对应的描述。不同的是,S1401中的第一信息可以包括蓝牙发送装置支持的至少一个帧格式的标识。或者,S1401中的第一信息可以包括1比特的指示信息,该1比特指示信息用于指示切换蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。或者,S1401中的第一信息可以包括蓝牙发送装置期望切换的至少一个帧格式的标识。可以理解的,在本申请实施例中,蓝牙发送装置支持的帧格式包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,蓝牙发送装置期望切换的帧格式也包括第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式。
可以理解的,若蓝牙发送装置确定干扰信号的信号强度增加或降低,蓝牙发送装置可以触发切换帧格式,即蓝牙发送装置可以向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
一种可能的实现方式,若干扰信号的信号强度大于或等于预设的第四阈值,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例;若干扰信号的信号强度小于预设的第四阈值,蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息,第一信息用于请求降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第一信息。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一信息。
S1402:蓝牙接收装置向蓝牙发送装置发送第二信息。
S1402的具体过程可以参考上述S1303中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,S1402之后,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以采用协商好的帧格式通信。进一步的,第一信息或第二信息中可以携带时隙的标识,后续,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以在该时隙的标识所指示的时隙,采用协商好的帧格式通信。
可以理解的,除了图14所示的方法之外,蓝牙发送装置还可以与蓝牙接收装置通过多次信息交互来协商帧格式。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以每次向蓝牙接收装置发送一个帧格式的标识,蓝牙接收装置通过一个指示信息确定是否采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信。若蓝牙接收装置确定采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信,则协商完成,若蓝牙接收装置确定不采用蓝牙发送装置指示的帧格式通信,蓝牙发送装置再次向蓝牙接收装置发送一个帧格式的标识,直至蓝牙接收装置确定采用蓝牙发送装置指示的 帧格式通信。
基于图14所示方法,蓝牙发送装置可以与蓝牙接收装置协商帧格式,动态调整蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,使得蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用合适的帧格式通信,在提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能的同时,降低通信开销。
其中,上述S1401-S1402中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
上述图4、图7-图10具体介绍了第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一同步码的情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测,以提高蓝牙接收装置进行同步检测的成功率,进而提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率。图11、图13-图14具体介绍了第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一导频的情况下,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。在具体应用中,第一同步码和第一导频都可以包括在第一蓝牙数据帧中,这样蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测,以提高蓝牙接收装置进行同步检测的成功率,进而提高蓝牙接收装置接收数据的成功率,蓝牙接收装置还可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能。下面对第一同步码和第一导频都包括在第一蓝牙数据帧中的情况进行具体阐述。
如图15所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种蓝牙通信方法,该蓝牙通信方法可以包括S1501-S1503。
S1501:蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧。
其中,第一蓝牙数据帧可以包括第一AC、第一同步码、第一数据域和N个第一导频。第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括第一前导码。蓝牙发送装置,第一前导码、第一AC、第一同步码和第一数据域的介绍可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,第一导频的介绍可以参考上述S1101中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
示例性的,第一蓝牙数据帧的帧格式可以如图16所示。图16中的(a)中,第一同步码位于第一AC和第一数据域之间,第一导频被插入到第一前导码中。图16中的(b)中,第一同步码位于第一前导码和第一AC之间,第一导频被插入到第一同步码中。图16中的(c)中,第一同步码位于第一前导码和第一AC之间,第一导频被插入到第一AC中。图16中的(d)中,第一同步码位于第一AC和第一数据域之间,第一导频被等比的插入到第一前导码,第一AC、第一同步码和第一数据域中。图16中的(e)中,第一同步码位于第一AC和第一数据域之间,第一导频被非等比例地插入到第一前导码,第一AC,第一同步码和第一数据域中。
可以理解的,第一蓝牙数据帧还可以包括其他内容,例如,图16中的(f)中,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括第一包头。第一同步码位于第一前导码和第一AC之间,第一导频被非等比地插入到第一前导码,第一包头和第一数据域中。
S1502:蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙发送装置通过蓝牙向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
对应的,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧。
S1503:蓝牙接收装置根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度,并根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
S1503的介绍可以参考上述S403和S1103中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。
基于图15所示的方法,可以在第一蓝牙数据帧中插入第一同步码和N个相位已知的第一导频。一方面,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一同步码进行同步检测,以提高同步检测的成功率,进而可以提高数据接收的成功率。另一方面,蓝牙接收装置可以根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度,以提高蓝牙接收装置的接收性能,并且还简化了检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位和/或信道幅度的过程。
其中,上述S1501-S1503中蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置的动作可以由图3所示的蓝牙通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码以指令蓝牙发送装置执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可选的,在图15所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商帧格式。例如,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,或者增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。具体的,可以参考上述图7所示实施例中的介绍。又例如,蓝牙接收装置还可以触发协商降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例,或者增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。具体的,可以参考上述图13所示实施例中的介绍。可以理解的,在具体应用中,图7所示方法和图13所示方法也可以结合。也就是说,蓝牙接收装置可以触发协商改变(减小或增加)蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,以及改变(降低或增加)蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
可选的,在图15所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙发送装置可以触发协商帧格式。例如,蓝牙发送装置可以触发协商减小蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,或者增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度。具体的,可以参考上述图8所示实施例中的介绍。又例如,蓝牙发送装置还可以触发协商降低蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例,或者增加蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。具体的,可以参考上述图14所示实施例中的介绍。可以理解的,在具体应用中,图8所示方法和图14所示方法也可以结合。也就是说,蓝牙发送装置可以触发协商改变(减小或增加)蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中同步码的长度,以及改变(降低或增加)蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中第一导频所占的比例。
可选的,在图15所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码可以包括在第一同步码集合中,即第一同步码和第二同步码都包括在第一同步码集合中。该第一同步码集合可以包括至少一个同步码。该至少一个同步码是任一种相关性能优异的序列,例如,伪随机序列。一种可能的实 现方式,至少一个同步码可以包括m序列、gold序列或kasami序列中的至少一个。
可以理解的,该第一同步码集合可以是第二同步码集合的一个子集。第二同步码集合可以包括蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中可以使用的全部同步码。在平时使用时,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置在第一同步码集合中确定同步码,可以减小使用的同步码集合的大小,降低对蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的硬件资源的要求。然而,若蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较多,有可能出现蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置采用的同步码,与周围的蓝牙装置采用的同步码相同的情况。在这种情况下,蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置或周围的蓝牙装置会出现误同步的现象,即接收不是发送给自己的信息,会增加蓝牙发送装置、蓝牙接收装置和周围的蓝牙装置的功耗和信令开销。
为了避免上述问题,在多用户场景下(蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值的场景下),蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置可以动态调整使用的同步码集合。例如,在蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较多的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置使用包含的同步码数量较多的同步码集合,在保证同步检测的成功率的同时,降低功耗和信令开销。在蓝牙发送装置和/或蓝牙接收装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量较少的情况下,蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置使用包含的同步码数量较少的同步码集合,降低对蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置的硬件资源的要求。
可选的,在图15所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,若蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码包括在第一同步码集合中,蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置可以在发送数据前协商同步码。蓝牙发送装置和蓝牙接收装置协商同步码的过程可以参考上述图9和图10所示的实施例中的介绍。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述蓝牙发送装置或者蓝牙接收装置等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对蓝牙发送装置或者蓝牙接收装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图17示出了一种蓝牙通信装置170的结构示意图。蓝牙通信装置170包括处理模块1701和收发模块1702。
示例性地,蓝牙通信装置170用于实现蓝牙发送装置的功能。蓝牙通信装置170例如为图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施 例,图10所示的实施例,图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例所述的蓝牙发送装置。
在本申请实施例中,蓝牙通信装置170可以是蓝牙发送装置,也可以是应用于蓝牙发送装置中的芯片或者其他具有上述蓝牙发送装置功能的组合器件、或部件等。当蓝牙通信装置170是蓝牙发送装置时,处理模块1701可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU,收发模块1702可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等。当蓝牙通信装置170是具有上述蓝牙发送装置功能的部件时,处理模块1701可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,收发模块1702可以是射频单元。当蓝牙通信装置170是芯片系统时,处理模块1701可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元,收发模块1702可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1701可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,称为处理电路)实现,收发模块1702可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S401,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S401,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S701-S703和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S401,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S801-S802和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S401,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S901-S902和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S401,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1001-S1002和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1101,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的 其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1101,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如1301-S1303和S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,处理模块1701可以用于执行图14所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1101,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1702可以用于执行图14所示的实施例中由蓝牙发送装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如1401-S1402和S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在蓝牙通信装置170为图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施例,或图10所示的实施例所述的蓝牙发送装置的情况下:
处理模块1701,用于生成第一蓝牙数据帧,该第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,该第一同步码位于该第一数据域之前,且该第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码。
收发模块1702,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送该第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求和/或蓝牙通信的通信参数;处理模块1701,还用于根据第一参数确定第一同步码的长度,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,该第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若该第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,该第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二比例;其中,该第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、该第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或该蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,该第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,该第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二比例;其中,该第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙通信装置170发送该第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输该第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙接收装置和/或蓝牙通信装置170周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的 第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,还用于与蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙通信装置170之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,还用于获取第二参数,第二参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理模块1701,还用于根据第二参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第三参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙通信装置170发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理模块1702,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙接收装置协商蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙通信装置170之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
在蓝牙通信装置170为图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例所述的蓝牙发送装置的情况下:
处理模块1701,用于生成第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数,第一导频用于检测传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
收发模块1702,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,还用于获取第一参数,第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;处理模块1701,还用于根据第一参数确定第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙通信装置170发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
当用于实现蓝牙发送装置的功能时,关于蓝牙通信装置170所能实现的其他功能,可参考图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施例,图10所示的实施例,图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图18示出了一种蓝牙通信装置180的结构示意图。蓝牙通信装置180包括收发模块1801和处理模块1802。
示例性地,蓝牙通信装置180用于实现蓝牙接收装置的功能。蓝牙通信装置180例如为图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施例,图10所示的实施例,图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例所述的蓝牙接收装置。
在本申请实施例中,蓝牙通信装置180可以是蓝牙接收装置,也可以是应用于蓝牙接收装置中的芯片或者其他具有上述蓝牙接收装置功能的组合器件、或部件等。当蓝牙通信装置180是蓝牙接收装置时,收发模块1801可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1802可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当蓝牙通信装置180是具有上述蓝牙接收装置功能的部件时,收发模块1801可以是射频单元,处理模块1802可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器。当蓝牙通信装置180是芯片系统时,收发模块1801可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口,处理模块1802可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的收发模块1801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,处理模块1802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,称为处理电路)实现。
例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执 行的全部收发操作,例如S701-S703和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S801-S802和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S901-S902和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1001-S1002和S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1103,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1301-S1303和S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1103,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
又例如,收发模块1801可以用于执行图14所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的全部收发操作,例如S1401-S1402和S1102,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1802可以用于执行图14所示的实施例中由蓝牙接收装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S1103,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
蓝牙通信装置180为图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施例,或图10所示的实施例所述的蓝牙接收装置的情况下:
收发模块1801,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,第一同步码位于第一数据域之前,且第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于第一接入码。
处理模块1802,用于根据第一同步码进行同步检测。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码是伪随机序列。
一种可能的实现方式,第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙通信装置180接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1802,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定第一同步码,第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
一种可能的实现方式,蓝牙通信装置180和/或蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1802,还用于与蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,第一时间间隔为更新蓝牙通信装置180和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
一种可能的实现方式,第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中,第一同步码中,或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙通信装置180接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;其中,第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝 牙数据帧,第二蓝牙数据帧与第一蓝牙数据帧不同;处理模块1802,还用于根据第三参数与蓝牙发送装置协商蓝牙通信装置180和蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,第三参数用于指示第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
蓝牙通信装置180为图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例所述的蓝牙接收装置的情况下:
收发模块1801,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一数据域和N个第一导频,第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
处理模块1802,用于根据第一导频检测用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位或信道幅度中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式,在第一蓝牙数据帧中,第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:第一接入码中或第一数据域中。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数大于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或蓝牙通信装置180接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第一比例;若第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,第一导频占第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第二比例;其中,第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、蓝牙发送装置发送第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
一种可能的实现方式,N个第一导频相同或不同。
当用于实现蓝牙接收装置的功能时,关于蓝牙通信装置180所能实现的其他功能,可参考图4所示的实施例,图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例,图9所示的实施例,图10所示的实施例,图11所示的实施例,图13所示的实施例或图14所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显 示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种蓝牙通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧,所述第一蓝牙数据帧包括:第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域,其中,所述第一同步码位于所述第一数据域之前,且所述第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于所述第一接入码;
    所述蓝牙发送装置向蓝牙接收装置发送所述第一蓝牙数据帧。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一同步码是伪随机序列。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙发送装置获取第一参数,所述第一参数指示了蓝牙业务要求或蓝牙通信参数中的至少一项;
    所述蓝牙发送装置根据所述第一参数确定所述第一同步码的长度,所述第一同步码的长度与所述第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,
    若所述第一参数大于或等于预设的第一阈值,所述第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;
    若所述第一参数小于或等于预设的第二阈值,所述第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;
    其中,所述第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、所述第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或所述蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,
    若所述第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,所述第一同步码的长度大于或等于第一长度;
    若所述第一参数大于或等于预设的第二阈值,所述第一同步码的长度小于或等于第二长度;
    其中,所述第一参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、所述蓝牙发送装置发送所述第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、或用于传输所述第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙发送装置与所述蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,所述第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定所述第一同步码,所述第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述蓝牙发送装置周围的蓝牙装置的数量大于或等于预设的第一数值,所述第一同步码集合中同步码的数量大于或等于预设的第二数值。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述蓝牙发送装置生 成第一蓝牙数据帧之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙发送装置与所述蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,所述第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为更新所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,所述第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第一蓝牙数据帧中,所述第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:所述第一接入码中,所述第一同步码中,或所述第一数据域中。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙发送装置获取第二参数,所述第二参数指示蓝牙业务要求或蓝牙通信参数中的至少一项;
    所述蓝牙发送装置根据所述第二参数确定所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,
    若所述第二参数大于或等于预设的第五阈值,所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;
    若所述第二参数小于或等于预设的第六阈值,所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;
    其中,所述第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:用于传输所述第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信道相位变化的快慢、数据的重传率、业务要求的数据的可靠性、所述第一蓝牙数据帧的传输距离、或所述蓝牙接收装置接收的干扰信号的信号强度。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,
    若所述第二参数小于或等于预设的第五阈值,所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例大于或等于第三比例;
    若第二参数大于或等于预设的第六阈值,所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例小于或等于第四比例;
    其中,所述第二参数用于指示以下参数中的一项:业务要求的数据的时延、所述蓝牙发送装置发送所述第一蓝牙数据帧的发射功率、用于传输所述第一蓝牙数据帧的信道的信噪比、或所述第一蓝牙数据帧的编码方式的纠错能力。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述蓝牙发送装置生成第一蓝牙数据帧之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙发送装置向所述蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,所述第二蓝牙数据帧与所述第一蓝牙数据帧不同;
    所述蓝牙发送装置根据第三参数与所述蓝牙接收装置协商所述蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,所述第三参数用于指示所述第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
  16. 一种蓝牙通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,所述第一蓝牙数据帧包 括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,所述第一同步码位于所述第一数据域之前,且所述第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于所述第一接入码;
    所述蓝牙接收装置根据所述第一同步码进行同步检测。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙接收装置与所述蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,所述第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为更新所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,所述第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第一蓝牙数据帧中,所述第一导频被插入到所述第一接入码,所述第一同步码,或所述第一数据域的至少一项中。
  20. 根据权利要求16-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,蓝牙接收装置接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述蓝牙接收装置接收来自所述蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧,所述第二蓝牙数据帧与所述第一蓝牙数据帧不同;
    所述蓝牙接收装置根据第三参数与所述蓝牙发送装置协商所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,所述第三参数用于指示所述第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
  21. 一种蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:
    处理器,用于生成第一蓝牙数据帧,所述第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,所述第一同步码位于所述第一数据域之前,所述第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于所述第一接入码;
    收发器,耦合至所述处理器,用于向蓝牙接收装置发送所述第一蓝牙数据帧。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,所述第一同步码是伪随机序列。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,所述第一同步码为m序列、gold序列或kasami序列。
  24. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于获取第一参数,所述第一参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一参数确定所述第一同步码的长度,第一同步码的长度与第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性相关。
  25. 根据权利要求21-24中任一项所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于与所述蓝牙接收装置协商第一随机数,所述第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定所述第一同步码,所述第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
  26. 根据权利要求21-25中任一项所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于与所述蓝牙接收装置协商第二随机数,所述第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为更新所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
  27. 根据权利要求21-26中任一项所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,所述第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    在所述第一蓝牙数据帧中,所述第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:所述第一接入码中,所述第一同步码中或所述第一数据域中。
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于获取第二参数,所述第二参数用于指示蓝牙业务的要求或蓝牙通信的通信参数中的至少一项;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二参数确定所述第一导频占所述第一蓝牙数据帧的比例。
  30. 根据权利要求27-29中任一项所述的蓝牙发送装置,其特征在于,
    所述收发器,还用于向所述蓝牙接收装置发送第二蓝牙数据帧,所述第二蓝牙数据帧与所述第一蓝牙数据帧不同;
    所述处理器,还用于根据第三参数与所述蓝牙接收装置协商所述蓝牙接收装置和蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,所述第三参数用于指示所述第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
  31. 一种蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:收发器和处理器;
    所述收发器,用于接收来自蓝牙发送装置的第一蓝牙数据帧,所述第一蓝牙数据帧包括第一接入码、第一同步码和第一数据域;其中,所述第一同步码位于所述第一数据域之前,且所述第一同步码的自相关性或互相关性的至少一项优于所述第一接入码;
    所述处理器,用于根据所述第一同步码进行同步检测。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于与所述蓝牙发送装置协商第一随机数,所述第一随机数用于在第一同步码集合中,确定所述第一同步码,所述第一同步码集合包括至少一个同步码。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理器,还用于与所述蓝牙发送装置协商第二随机数,所述第二随机数用于确定第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为更新所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间传输的蓝牙数据帧中的同步码的时间间隔。
  34. 根据权利要求31-33中任一项所述的蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙数据帧还包括N个第一导频,所述第一导频为相位已知的导频,N为正整数。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,
    在所述第一蓝牙数据帧中,所述第一导频被插入到以下至少一项中:所述第一接入码中,所述第一同步码中,或所述第一数据域中。
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的蓝牙接收装置,其特征在于,
    所述收发器,还用于接收来自所述蓝牙发送装置的第二蓝牙数据帧,所述第二蓝牙数据帧与所述第一蓝牙数据帧不同;
    所述处理器,还用于根据第三参数与所述蓝牙发送装置协商所述蓝牙接收装置和所述蓝牙发送装置之间的蓝牙数据帧的帧格式,所述第三参数用于指示所述第二蓝牙数据帧的信号质量或干扰信号的信号强度。
PCT/CN2020/142532 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 蓝牙通信方法及装置 WO2022141584A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/142532 WO2022141584A1 (zh) 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 蓝牙通信方法及装置
EP20967922.4A EP4262114A4 (en) 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS
CN202080108206.XA CN116615875A (zh) 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 蓝牙通信方法及装置
US18/344,168 US20230354226A1 (en) 2020-12-31 2023-06-29 Bluetooth communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/142532 WO2022141584A1 (zh) 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 蓝牙通信方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/344,168 Continuation US20230354226A1 (en) 2020-12-31 2023-06-29 Bluetooth communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022141584A1 true WO2022141584A1 (zh) 2022-07-07

Family

ID=82259995

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/142532 WO2022141584A1 (zh) 2020-12-31 2020-12-31 蓝牙通信方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230354226A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4262114A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN116615875A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022141584A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024027467A1 (zh) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和相关产品

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090086711A1 (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Stmicroelectronics Belgium Nv Correlation of access code for bluetooth synchronization
US20090180464A1 (en) * 2008-01-11 2009-07-16 John Walley Method and system for bluetooth conditional synchronization
US20180212669A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-26 Apple Inc. Per packet antenna switch diversity
CN109067428A (zh) * 2018-08-29 2018-12-21 广东工业大学 一种基于蓝牙内核与rs码的融合跳频方法
CN111065083A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2020-04-24 锐迪科微电子科技(上海)有限公司 蓝牙通信方法及装置、存储介质、终端
CN111385779A (zh) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-07 华为终端有限公司 一种数据处理方法、设备及存储介质

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020075904A1 (en) * 2000-10-25 2002-06-20 Dabak Anand G. Short training sequences for reacquisition of segmented data
US7295546B2 (en) * 2003-02-26 2007-11-13 Nokia Corporation Method for synchronizing bluetooth packets
DE10339886B9 (de) * 2003-08-29 2009-02-26 Infineon Technologies Ag Verfahren zur Neusynchronisation eines Mobilfunkempfängers bei einem Umschalten zwischen zwei unterschiedlichen Modulationsverfahren
JP4765645B2 (ja) * 2006-01-31 2011-09-07 アイコム株式会社 無線通信装置及び無線システム
US8385256B2 (en) * 2007-12-19 2013-02-26 Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd Method and system for efficient synchronization in a wireless communication system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090086711A1 (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Stmicroelectronics Belgium Nv Correlation of access code for bluetooth synchronization
US20090180464A1 (en) * 2008-01-11 2009-07-16 John Walley Method and system for bluetooth conditional synchronization
US20180212669A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-26 Apple Inc. Per packet antenna switch diversity
CN109067428A (zh) * 2018-08-29 2018-12-21 广东工业大学 一种基于蓝牙内核与rs码的融合跳频方法
CN111385779A (zh) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-07 华为终端有限公司 一种数据处理方法、设备及存储介质
CN111065083A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2020-04-24 锐迪科微电子科技(上海)有限公司 蓝牙通信方法及装置、存储介质、终端

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4262114A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024027467A1 (zh) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和相关产品

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4262114A4 (en) 2024-06-12
US20230354226A1 (en) 2023-11-02
EP4262114A1 (en) 2023-10-18
CN116615875A (zh) 2023-08-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10925026B2 (en) Synchronization information sending method and apparatus
EP3918812B1 (en) Fast role switch between bluetooth true wireless stereo (tws) earbuds
US10045373B2 (en) Peer-to-peer communications enhancements
JP6250799B2 (ja) 近接サービスのためのコンテキストおよび電力制御情報管理
US20210345285A1 (en) Method and Device for User Equipment Positioning
CN106170969B (zh) 上下文管理
US11516674B2 (en) Framework of secure ranging without PHY payload
WO2020216159A1 (zh) 一种波束选择方法及装置
US11044678B2 (en) Electronic device, method for transmitting message, and related products
EP3011698A1 (en) Cross-layer and cross-application acknowledgment for data transmission
US11178591B2 (en) Ranging-specific MAC service and PIB attributes for IEEE 802.15.4Z
WO2022141584A1 (zh) 蓝牙通信方法及装置
KR20210126035A (ko) 레인징 결과 교환을 제어하는 구조 및 방법
US20220303063A1 (en) Method and device for determining resource multiplexing, method and device for information demodulation and medium thereof
WO2015122225A1 (ja) 装置、プログラム及び方法
WO2022078183A1 (zh) 用于确定传输时延的方法和电子设备
WO2022001667A1 (zh) 天线确定方法、装置、终端、电子设备及存储介质
WO2023184308A1 (en) Sidelink transfer and round trip time positioning
WO2023225962A1 (zh) 一种测距方法及相关装置
WO2024055938A1 (en) Apparatuses and methods of measuring and reporting carrier phase of multi-path channels
WO2023207510A1 (zh) 用于sidelink的定位方法、装置及可读存储介质
US20240022887A1 (en) Exchange of ranging data
US20240237029A1 (en) User equipment aggregation for downlink communications
EP4346237A1 (en) Method and device for providing ultra-wideband communication-based service
WO2021102944A1 (zh) 相对定位方法、装置及系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20967922

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202080108206.X

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020967922

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230714

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE